#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ \lyxformat 600 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true \origin /systemlyxdir/doc/ar/ \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! % % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact % the documentation team % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float \usepackage[figure]{hypcap} % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added \let\myTOC\tableofcontents \renewcommand\tableofcontents{% \frontmatter \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} \myTOC \mainmatter } % macro for italic page numbers in the index \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}} % for customized page headers/footers % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document \usepackage{fancyhdr} % change header rule width \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt} % used to have extra space in table cells \@ifundefined{extrarowheight} {\usepackage{array}}{} \setlength{\extrarowheight}{2pt} % workaround for a makeindex bug, % see sec. "Index Entry Order" % only uncomment this when you are using makindex %\let\OrgIndex\index %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}} \AtBeginDocument{\setdefaultlanguage[numerals=maghrib]{arabic}} %%%% without this line nomenclature list not appear in pdf. %\renewcommand{\nomname}{المصطلحات}%% used arabic title for nomname \newcommand\lettergroup[1]{} % without this line "unknown english letters" appear in the index list in pdf. % Added by lyx2lyx \setlength{\parskip}{\medskipamount} \setlength{\parindent}{0pt} \end_preamble \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading \use_default_options false \begin_modules customHeadersFooters enumitem \end_modules \maintain_unincluded_children no \language arabic_arabi \language_package default \inputencoding utf8 \fontencoding auto \font_roman "lmodern" "Scheherazade" \font_sans "lmss" "Scheherazade" \font_typewriter "lmtt" "Scheherazade" \font_math "auto" "auto" \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts true \font_sc false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false \font_roman_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false \use_dash_ligatures false \graphics default \default_output_format pdf4 \output_sync 0 \bibtex_command bibtex \index_command default \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single \use_hyperref true \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide" \pdf_author "LyX Team" \pdf_subject "LyX" \pdf_keywords "LyX" \pdf_bookmarks true \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true \pdf_bookmarksopen false \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 \pdf_breaklinks false \pdf_pdfborder false \pdf_colorlinks true \pdf_backref false \pdf_pdfusetitle false \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" \papersize default \use_geometry false \use_package amsmath 1 \use_package amssymb 1 \use_package cancel 1 \use_package esint 1 \use_package mathdots 1 \use_package mathtools 1 \use_package mhchem 1 \use_package stackrel 1 \use_package stmaryrd 1 \use_package undertilde 1 \cite_engine basic \cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false \paperorientation portrait \suppress_date false \justification true \use_refstyle 1 \use_minted 0 \notefontcolor #0000ff \branch Question \selected 1 \filename_suffix 0 \color #00ff00 \end_branch \branch Answer \selected 0 \filename_suffix 0 \color #aa55ff \end_branch \use_lineno 0 \index Index \shortcut idx \color #008000 \end_index \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 \paragraph_separation indent \paragraph_indentation default \is_math_indent 0 \math_numbering_side default \quotes_style french \dynamic_quotes 0 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default \tracking_changes false \postpone_fragile_content false \output_changes false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict true \end_header \begin_body \begin_layout Title دليل مستخدم ليك \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Author باستخدام فريق ليك \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX Documentation mailing list: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" type "mailto:" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset الإصدار 2.3.x \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/Manuals#UserGuide \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset toc LatexCommand tableofcontents \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter ابدأ \end_layout \begin_layout Section ما هو ليك \SpecialChar LyX ؟ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ليك هو نظام إعداد وثائق. إنه أداة لإنتاج المخطوطات الجميلة والكتب القابلة للنشر، خطابات الأعمال والمقترحات، وحتى الشعر. وهو يختلف عن معظم "معالجات الكلمات" بأنه يستخدم نموذج لغة الترميز كأسلوب تحرير أساسي. وهذا يعني أنه عند كتابة عنوان القسم، ووضع علامة عليه ك "قسم" فإنه سيقوم باختيار الحجم واللون والمحاذاة تلقائيا بالصورة المثالية المتعارف عليها، ولا يحتاج أن تحدد له "خط ثخين، حجمه 17pt ، محاذاة يسار، ...". ليك يعتني بالتنضيد لأجلك. لذلك يمكنك التركيز فقط على محتوى كتابك، وليس على آلية التنضيد. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard وهذه الفلسفة تم شرحها بمزيد من التفصيل في كتيب المقدمة. إذا كنت لم تقرأه بعد، فأنت بالتأكيد تحتاج إلى ذلك. نعم، نحن نعني الآن من فضلك. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard كتيب المقدمة يصف عدة أشياء بالإضافة إلى فلسفة ليك: الأشياء الأكثر أهمية، هيئة كل الكتيبات. إذا كنت لم تقرأه، سيكون عليك تخصيص جزء من وقتك لتصفحه. وربما يكون من الأفضل الاطلاع بشكل سريع على بقية كتيبات المساعدة. \end_layout \begin_layout Section كيف يبدو ليك \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard مثل معظم التطبيقات، ليك لديه شريط القوائم المألوف في الجزء العلوي من النافذة. وتحته شريط الأدوات مع مربع القائمة المنسدلة وأزرار مختلفة. هناك، بطبيعة الحال، شريط التمرير الرأسي ومنطقة عمل رئيسية لتحرير الوثائق.لاحظ أنه لا يوجد شريط تمرير أفقي. هذا ليس خطأ أو سهو، ولكنه مقصود. فعند قراءتك كتاب، تتوقع نهاية السطر لتنتقل للسطر التالي. لكن النص في ليك يتوزع على الصفحات بطريقة عمودية، وبالتالي نحتاج إلى شريط التمرير الرأسي فقط. إن هناك ثلاث حالات قد تجعلنا نرغب بشريط التمرير الأفقي. الحالة الأولى هي الصور الكبيرة. ولتجنب عرضها أكبر من الشاشة، انقر بزر الفارة الأيمن على الصورة واستخدام الخيار على مقاس الشاشة في علامة التبويب خيارات لتيك و ليك. الحالات الثانية والثالثة هي الجداول والمعادلات التي هي أوسع من نافذة ليك. يمكنك استخدام مفاتيح الأسهم للتمرير أفقيا من خلال الجدول، ولكن هذا لا يعمل مع للمعادلات حتى الآن. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard للحصول على وصف موجز لجميع قوائم ليك وأشرطة الأدوات ، ألقِ نظرة على الملحق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-User-Interface" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section المساعدة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard يتكون نظام المساعدة من كتيبات ليك. ويمكنك قراءة جميع الكتيبات من داخل ليك. وما عليك سوى اختيار كتيب الذي تريد قراءته من قائمة مساعدة. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الإعدادات الأساسية لليك \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard معظم مميزات ليك يمكن ضبطها من خلال قائمة \family sans أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator تفضيلات . \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset ليك قادر على فحص نظامك لمعرفة البرامج المتوفرة عليه، مثل حزم لتيك وأنواع مستندات لتيك. إنه يساعدك على استخدم هذه المعلومات لإعداد التفضيلات الافتراضية المثالية للبرنامج. على الرغم من أن ليك يقوم بهذه العملية آليا عند تركيبه لأول مره. ومن المستحسن القيام بعملية إعادة الضبط \family sans أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator \family default إعادة ضبط النظام كل فترة، \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعادة ضبط \end_layout \end_inset لأن حزم لتيك تتحدث كل فترة، ويجب أن لا ننسى إعادة تشغيل ليك بعد إعادة الضبط لتطبيق التغييرات. \end_layout \begin_layout Section إعداد لتيك \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:LaTeX-Setup" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard تستطيع تحرير مستند \SpecialChar LyX بدون تركيب \SpecialChar LaTeX ، لكنك لن تستطيع إنتاج ملفات PDF أو طباعة المستندات. إن بعض مستندات \SpecialChar LyX تستخدم DocBook وأمثاله كخلفية لإنتاج ملفات PDF . وكل مستند \SpecialChar LyX يمكن تصديره كملف نصي بسيط أو صفحة ويب تفاعلية XHTML . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard بعض أنواع المستندات ربما تعتمد على حزم خاصة من \SpecialChar LaTeX أو DocBook . ومع هذا بعض المستندات يمكن استخدامها حتى بدون تركيب الحزم المطلوبة، لكنك بالتأكيد لن تستطيع إنتاج أو تصديرها إلى أي نوع من الملفات. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard حزم \SpecialChar LaTeX الموجودة على النظام يمكن مشاهدتها في \SpecialChar LyX عن طريق \family sans مساعدة\SpecialChar menuseparator ضبط لتيك . إذا افتقدت حزم تحتاجها، فإن عليك تركيبها ثم إعادة ضبط \family default \SpecialChar LyX عن طريق قائمة \family sans أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator إعادة ضبط النظام \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعادة ضبط ليك \end_layout \end_inset . أنظر قسم تركيب ملفات \emph on \SpecialChar LaTeX جديدة في كتيب التخصيص لتعرف معلومات أكثر عن تركيب حزم \emph default \SpecialChar LaTeX الإضافية. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter كيف تعمل مع \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Section عمليات ملف الأساسية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout عمليات ملف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard تحت قائمة ملف وفي شريط الأدوات القياسي توجد العمليات الأساسية التي تراها في أي معالج كلمات بالإضافة إلى بعض العمليات المتقدمة: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans جديد، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-new" \end_inset أو \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-new" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans جديد \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset من \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset قالب، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-new-template" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans فتح، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "file-open" \end_inset أو \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "file-open" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ملفات \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset آخر \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans إغلاق، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "view-close" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans حفظ، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-write" \end_inset أو \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-write" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans حفظ \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset باسم، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-write-as" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans عودة \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset للمحفوظ \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans خروج، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "lyx-quit" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard يمكننا أن نقوم بالكثير من الأشياء الجميلة بالشكل الذي نقوم به في معالجات الكلمات الأخرى.، مع بعض الاختلافات البسيطة. مثلا إن الأمر \family sans ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator جديد \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset من \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset قالب يعرض قائمة بالقوالب المتاحة. وعند اختيار قالب معين سوف يتم آليا تعيين خصائص النسق الخاص به للمستند، إن هذه الخصائص كان عليك تعديلها يدويا لكن \family default \SpecialChar LyX \family sans أراحك من ذلك. فربما تستخدم نوع معين من المستندات، وخصوصا كتابة الرسائل (أنظر قسم \family default \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset \family sans ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default There is no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset default file \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or document named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Untitled \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset scratch. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Unless you tell \SpecialChar LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank space is just that — a big, blank space. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ملاحظة: لا يوجد \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset ملف افتراضي \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset أو مستند باسم \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset غير معنون \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset . إلا إذا طلبت من \SpecialChar LyX إنشاء ملف جديد أو فتح ملف موجود. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard إن العودة \family sans \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default \lang arabic_arabi للمحفوظ وتحكم \family sans \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi الإصدار عملية لكثير من الناس الذين يعملون على نفس المستند وفي نفس الوقت. \family default \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إذا كنت تخطط لعمل هذا، فإن عليك الخروج من ميزة تحكم الإصدار في \SpecialChar LyX أيضا. اقرأ كتيب خصائص إضافية. \end_layout \end_inset \family sans العودة \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi للمحفوظ سوف تعيد تحميل المستند من القرص الصلب. أنت تستطيع استخدامه أيضا إذا ندمت على تعديل المستند وأردت الرجوع لآخر حفظ. مع تحكم \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi الإصدار تستطيع تسجيل التعديلات التي صنعتها في مستند معين وبهذا يستطيع الآخرين التعرف على تغييراتك. \end_layout \begin_layout Section عمليات التحرير الأساسية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تحرير \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard مثل معظم معالجات النصوص الحديثة، \SpecialChar LyX يستطيع القيام بعمليات قص ولصق مقاطع نصية، ويستطيع نقل كلمات أو نصوص، ويستطيع حذف الكلمات والحروف طبعا. الأقسام الأربعة التالية تغطي مميزات التحرير الأساسية في \SpecialChar LyX وكيفية الحصول عليها. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard كما قد تتوقع بالضبط، قائمة تحرير وشريط الأدوات القياسي يملك وظائف القص واللصق، مع وظائف التحرير المعروفة الأخرى. بعض منها خاص وتم شرحه في أقسام أخرى. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard الأساسية منها: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize قص \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قص \end_layout \end_inset \family sans ، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "cut" \end_inset أو \family sans \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "cut" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize نسخ \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout نسخ \end_layout \end_inset \family sans ، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "copy" \end_inset أو \family sans \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "copy" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize لصق \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لصق \end_layout \end_inset ، \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paste" \end_inset أو \family sans \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "paste" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans آخر \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset لصق \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans لصق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset خاص \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans بحث \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default استبدال \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans بحث \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans استبدال \end_layout \end_inset \family sans ، \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" \end_inset أو \family sans \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show findreplace" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard إن أول ثلاثة أشياء تعرفها، أنك تستطيع نسخ النصوص بين ليك والبرامج الأخرى باستخدام قص، نسخ ولصق. قص و لصق تضع النص داخل الحافظة في شكلين (مهيأ وغير مهيأ)، لهذا البرامج الأخرى تستطيع اختيار الشكل المناسب لها. أما وظيفة لصق فتدعم الاختيار اليدوي للنص المهيأ أو غير المهيأ عن طريق قائمة تحرير، وطبعا يمكن قص ونسخ ولصق الصور. إن هذه الوظائف تحاول التعامل مع محتوى الحافظة بطريقة ذكية. مثلا إذا كان النص في الحافظة بهيئة CSV والمؤشر داخل الجدول، فإن النص سيلصق داخل الخلايا. أيضا وظيفة آخر \family sans \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi لصق تظهر لك قائمة بآخر الأشياء التي لصقتها، وتستطيع إدراج أي واحد منها في المكان الذي به المؤشر عن طريق النقر على أي واحد منها في القائمة. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard أما قائمة لصق \family sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset خاص فتحتوي على عناصر اختيارية لهيئات ملفات خاصة، بناء على محتوى الحافظة. \family default مثل HTML، \SpecialChar LaTeX ، Linkback \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset PDF \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout في ماك فقط. \end_layout \end_inset ، PDF، PNG، JPEG و EMF. \family sans عناصر هذه القائمة تكون عملية إذا كانت الحافظة بها نفس المحتوى ولكن بهيئات مختلفة، واردت اختيار هيئة واحدة. (مثلا بعض البرامج تقوم بنسخ الصور في الحافظة كرسم وكنص) عنصر القائمة لصق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset خاص\SpecialChar menuseparator نص \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset بسيط, \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset دمج \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset الأسطر يشبه ما سبق، مع اختلاف واحد وهو أنه يعمل مع النصوص فقط. إنه سوف يدرج النص من الحافظة ولهذا سيدرج كل النصوص في الحافظة كفقرة واحدة. والفقرة الجديدة ستبدأ في سطر فارغ جديد. وبدون دمج \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset السطور سيدرج النص كفقرات في المكان الذي الذي انتهى فيه السطر. كمثال عملي نسخ محتوى جدول من صفحة ويب إلى جدول في ليك. الوظيفتين لصق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset خاص\SpecialChar menuseparator التحديد, \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset دمج \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset الأسطر \family default و \family sans لصق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset خاص\SpecialChar menuseparator التحديد من التحديد الرئيسي. هذا عادة هو النص المحدد حاليا. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard اختيار \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator بحث \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset استبدال \family default سيفتح نافذة \family sans بحث \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset و \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset استبدال. وبمجرد العثور على الكلمة أو الجملة المطلوبة، سيقوم \family default \SpecialChar LyX \family sans بتحديدها. النقر على زر استبدال سيستبدل الكلمة المحددة بالكلمة أو الجملة التي كتبتها في حقل استبدال بـ . وتستطيع النقر على زر بحث التالي لتخطي الكلمة الحالية. أما النقر على زر استبدال الكل سوف يستبدل كل الكلمة المراد استبدالها بشكل آلي. إن خيار حالة الأحرف يمكن استخدامه إذا كنت تريد أن يراعي البحث حالة الأحرف الانجليزية (Capital، small) . فإذا تم اختياره، لن تجد وظيفة البحث كلمة Test إذا كتبت الكلمة في حقل البحث بحروف صغيره test . الخيار التالي هو كلمات كاملة فقط، فمثلا عند البحث عن كلمة يذهب لن يتوقف عند كلمة يذهبون لأنها غير مطابقة لها تماما في عدد الأحرف. يمتلك \family default \SpecialChar LyX \family sans أيضا ميزة البحث المتقدم والذي يحتوي على خيارات أكثر، ويمكن الاطلاع على تفاصيل أكثر عنه في قسم \family default \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Things like notes, floats, etc. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (the so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset insets \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) can be dissolved. This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text. Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an inset and pressing \family sans Backspace \family default or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing \family sans Delete \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard استخدام الاختصار Ctrl+A سيحدد كامل النص في المستند. بينما لو استخدمنا نفس الاختصار أثناء وجود المؤشر داخل مربع إدارج (ملاحظة مظللة مثلا) فإنه سيتم تحديد ما في داخل الملاحظة المظللة فقط. لكن النقر على Ctrl+A بشكل متتالي سيجعل التحديد يشمل مربع الإدراج، ثم سيقوم بتحديد كامل المستند. أخيرا إذا استخدمنا المفاتيح Ctrl+Alt+A فإن كامل المستند سيتم تحديده بالإضافة إلى أن المؤشر سيصبح في نهاية المستند. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الإعادة والتكرار \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تكرار \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تراجع \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Undo-and-Redo" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard إذا وقعت بخطأ، يمكنك العودة عنه بسهولة. إن \SpecialChar LyX يخصص سعة كبيرة في الذاكرة المؤقتة لخاصيتي تراجع/تكرار. اختر \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator تراجع أو زر \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "undo" \end_inset في شريط الأدوات لتراجع عن خطأ ما. وإذا تراجعت أكثر من اللازم يمكنك استخدام \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \strikeout off \xout off \uuline off \uwave off \noun off \color none \family sans \series default \shape default \size default \emph default \bar default \strikeout default \xout default \uuline default \uwave default \noun default \color inherit تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator تكرار أو زر \family default \lang english \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "redo" \end_inset في شريط الأدوات. إن خاصية التراجع والتكرار محدودة بمئة خطوة لعدم استهلاك الذاكرة. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard لاحظ أنك إذا تراجعت عن جميع الخطوات، أي إلى آخر عملية حفظ، فإن مفتاح الترجع سيصبح غير مفعل، ولن تستطيع للأسف التراجع عن عمليات قمت بها سابقا. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard عمليتي التراجع و التكرار تعمل مع أي شيء في \SpecialChar LyX ، لكنها لا تسمح بالتراجع حرف حرف، وإنما التراجع عن كامل المقطع. \end_layout \begin_layout Section عمليات الفارة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout عمليات الفارة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard هذه أهم عمليات أساسية تقوم بها الفارة \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate الحركة \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize عند النقر بزر الفارة الأيسر في أي مكان من المستند في نافذة التحرير. نقرة واحدة يصبح المؤشر داخل النص، وعند النقر على الكلمة نقرتين يم تحديد الكلمة، وعند النقر عليها ثلاث مرات يتم تحديد كامل السطر. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate تحديد النص \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize ضع المؤشر حيث تريد أن يبدأ التحديد ثم انقر على زر الفارة الأيسر، ثم اسحب إلى نهاية التحديد وارفع إصبعك عن زر الفارة. سيقوم \SpecialChar LyX بتحديد النص بين نقطتي البداية والنهاية اللتين قمت بتحديدهما. استخدم \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator نسخ أو Ctrl+C لإنشاء نسخة من النص في الحافظة. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ضع المؤشر حيث تريد لصق النص في نافذة التحرير ثم \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator لصق أو Ctrl+V . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate الإدراج (تذييل، ملاحظة، تعويم، إلخ.) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard أنقر بزر الفارة الأيمن على الكائن الذي أدرجته ثم اختر إعدادات. أيضا اطلع على appropriate القسم في هذا الكتيب للمزيد من التفاصيل. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Section الاستكشاف \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Navigating" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الاستكشاف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX يعرض عليك عدة طرق للاستكشاف داخل المستندات: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize قائمة استكشاف تحتوي قائمة بكل أقسام المستند وتستطيع الانتقال لأي منها بالنقر على اسمه. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize الخلاصة، تستطيع الوصول لها عن طريق \family sans عرض\SpecialChar menuseparator نافذة \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default الخلاصة أو بالنقر على رمز الخلاصة \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle toc" \end_inset في شريط الأدوات. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize يمكنك تعيين العلامات الإشارات المرجعية في مستندك عن طريق \family sans استكشاف\SpecialChar menuseparator \family default العلامات ومن نفس القائمة يمكنك العودة لها. مع ملاحظة أن هذه العلامات تحفظ بين الجلسات. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard إن زر \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset \family sans أو استكشاف\SpecialChar menuseparator العلامات\SpecialChar menuseparator استكشاف \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default للخلف أو Ctrl+< سوف يعود بك لأخر موقع قمت بالتعديل عليه. وهذا عملي عندما يكون لديك مستند كبير وتكون في جزء معين منه لمشاهدة شيء ما، ثم ترغب بالعودة لآخر مكان قمت بتعديله. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard أخير بالنقر على زر F5 يتحرك مؤشر الفارة إلى وسط نافذة التحرير. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الخلاصة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:The-Outliner" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الاستكشاف ! خلاصة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خلاصة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard في أعلى نافذة الخلاصة توجد قائمة منسدلة، تستطيع من خلال اختيار عدة أنواع من القوائم، مثل جدول المحتويات، وقائمة الرسوم التوضيحية وقائمة الجداول وغيرها. (أنظر القسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset )، أو الملاحظات ولاستشهادات (أنظر القسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard إن النقر على أي من محتويات هذه القوائم سوف ينتقل بك إليه. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard عند النقر على أي عنصر بزر الفارة الأيمن سوف يعرض الخيارات والإعدادات الخاصة به، مثلا النقر على استشهاد معين بزر الفارة الأيمن سوف يظهر خيار إعدادات ليسمح لك بالتعديل على الاستشهاد. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard إن حقل المرشح في أعلى النافذة يسمح لك بتقييد المدخلات التي ستظهر في الخلاصة. مثلا، إذا كنت تعرض قائمة الملصقات والمراجع وترغب برؤية مراجع الأقسام الفرعية فقط، أكتب كلمة sub في المرشح، عندها سيتم عرض العناصر التي تحتوي هذه الكلمة فقط. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow you further to control the display. The \family sans Sort \family default option sorts the current list alphabetically. Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the document. The \family sans Keep \family default option keeps it in the current view state. Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 and 4 displayed and click on section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3, the subsections of sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 and 4 will still be displayed. Without the \family sans Keep \family default option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3. Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset depth \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard في اسفل نافذة الخلاصة توجد عدة أزرار تسمح لك بالمزيد من التحكم بالعرض، فالخيار فرز يرتب القائمة الحالية هجائيا. وبدون هذا الخيار ستظهر عناصر القائمة مرتبة حسب مكان وجودها في المستند. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard الزر \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "reload" \end_inset يستخدم لتحديث القائمة (وهو غير مهم عادة). أما بقية الأزرار فتسمح بتغيير موقع عنصر معين في قسم داخل المستند. فمثلا الزرين \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "outline-down" \end_inset و \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "outline-up" \end_inset يسمحان بالتعديل للأعلى والأسفل مع المحافظة على المستوى، مثلا القسم \numeric on 2.5 \numeric off يمكن نقله للأعلى ليصبح \numeric on 2.4 \numeric off والقسم الذي قبله ستحول رقمه تلقائيا إلى \numeric on 2.5 \numeric off ، وكذلك يمكن نقله للأسفل ليصبح \numeric on 2.6 \numeric off . أما الزرين \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "outline-out" \end_inset و \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "outline-in" \end_inset فيسمحان برفع أو حفظ مستوى القسم للأعلى والاسفل ، مثلا القسم \numeric on 2.5 \numeric off عند رفعه سيتحول من \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset قسم \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset إلى \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset فصل \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset وبالتالي يتحول رقمه من \numeric on 2.5 \numeric off إلى \numeric on 3 \numeric off ، وكذلك بالنسبة لزر الخفض، فعند النقر عليه سيخفض مستوى القسم \numeric on 2.5 \numeric off من \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset مستوى \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset إلى \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset مستوى فرعي \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset في القسم السابق له، وبالتالي يتحول رقمه من \numeric on 2.5 \numeric off إلى \numeric on 2.4.1 \numeric off . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard بالنقر بزر الفارة الأيمن على قسم في نافذة الخلاصة يمكنك نسخ كامل القسم، أو قصه أو حذفه. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الشريط الأفقي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الاستكشاف ! الشريط الأفقي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard لا يملك \SpecialChar LyX شريط أفقي لأن هيئة صفحات الخرج مثل A \numeric on 4 \numeric off أقل عرضا من شاشة الحاسب الشخصي أو الحاسب المحمول. وسوف لن تواجه مشكلة في استعراض ملف الخرج إذا كان عرضه أكبر من عرض الشاشة. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard هناك بعض الحالات التي يكون فيها من الضروري وجود شريط التمرير الأفقي. مثل \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar LyX يستخدم في الأجهزة اللوحية الصغيرة \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize يتم تدوير الجهاز اللوحي ° \numeric on 90 \numeric off لملء كامل الشاشة \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout See section \emph on Rotated Floats \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize إنشاء عمليات رياضية بأسماء أوامر طويلة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ولهذه الحالات \SpecialChar LyX يملك آلية للتنقل داخل المستند. مثلا عند تقلص شاشة \SpecialChar LyX أثناء تحرير جدول عريض \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test" \end_inset . يمكننا التنقل بين خلاليا الجدول باستخدام مفتاح الجدولة Tab في لوحة لمفاتح أو عن طريق أزرار الأسهم. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement h wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test" \end_inset اختبار شريط التمرير الأفقي. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout أ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ج \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section الإكمال التلقائي للكلمة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Input-Completion" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الإكمال التلقائي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إكمال الكلمة|أنظر \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Input completion \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently opened. Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that is used to propose completions. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Input completion can be activated in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default ) in the section \family sans Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator Input Completion \family default . With the option \family sans Automatic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset inline \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset completion \family default the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor. With the option \family sans Automatic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset popup \family default the completions are always shown in a popup. The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option \family sans Cursor \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset indicator \family default . With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and popup completion, you can set the minimal number of characters a word must have that it will be taken into account for a completion and you can choose if long completions should be abbreviated. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there are completions available. Press the \family sans Tab \family default key to accept a proposed completion. If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them. You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys, and accept the chosen completion by pressing \family sans Return \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond ing options for text. The special math option \family sans Autocorrection \family default enables characters to be composed. If, for example, you want to insert the character \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ \end_inset , you can then input the characters \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold => \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to a formula to get it. So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use of the math toolbar. A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file \family typewriter autocorrect \family default that is in \SpecialChar LyX 's installation folder. Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation mark key “!”. Pressing \family sans Space \family default turns it off. \end_layout \begin_layout Section مفاتيح التحكم الأساسية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مفتاح الربط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الربط|أنظر \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Key Bindings \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english إختصارات|أنظر \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Key Bindings \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are at least two different primary binding maps: \family typewriter cua \family default and \family typewriter emacs \family default . \SpecialChar LyX 's default is \family typewriter cua \family default , which can be changed in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences under \family sans Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator Shortcuts \family default . (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts" \end_inset .) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Some keys, like \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Up \family default , \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Down \family default , \family sans Left \family default , \family sans Right \family default , \family sans Up \family default and \family sans Down \family default , do exactly what you expect them to do. Other keys don't: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans جدولة \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Tab" description "مفتاح جدولة" literal "false" \end_inset \family default \lang english There is no such thing as a tab stop in \SpecialChar LyX . If you do not understand this, go read sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset , especially section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Lists" \end_inset , right now. Yes, right now. If you are still confused, look in the \emph on Tutorial \emph default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset In \SpecialChar LyX the \family sans Tab \family default key is only used to accept proposed input completions, to move the cursor in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or Enumerate. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans خروج \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Esc" description "مفتاح الخروج" literal "false" \end_inset \family default \lang english This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cancel key. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset It is used, generically, to cancel operations. Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Home \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans End \family default These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line, unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning or end of the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard توجد ثلاث مفاتح للتعديل: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans تحكم \family default \lang english (Denoted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Ctrl \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Ctrl" description "مفتاح التحكم" literal "false" \end_inset in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it is used in combination with: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \lang english Backspace \family default or \family sans Delete \family default , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \lang english Left \family default and \family sans Right \family default , it moves by words instead of characters. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \lang english Home \family default and \family sans End \family default , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans علوي \family default \lang english (Denoted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Shift \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Shift" description "مفتاح علوي" literal "false" \end_inset in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select the text between the old and new cursor positions. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans الت \family default \lang english (Denoted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Alt" description "مفتاح Alt" literal "false" \end_inset in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct Meta key. If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs the \family sans Alt+ \family default function. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This key does many different things, but it also activates the \emph on menu accelerator keys \emph default . If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset e \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset s \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset brings up the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Text Style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset dialog. Typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset f \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset opens the \family sans File \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \emph on Shortcuts \emph default manual lists all other things bound to the \family sans Alt \family default key. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use \SpecialChar LyX , because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX 's main window which describes the name of the action you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action. The \SpecialChar LyX menus also list the defined key bindings. The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it. However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt+P Shift+A \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means \family sans Alt+P \family default followed by a capital \family sans A \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter أساسيات ليك \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ليك ! أساسيات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section نوع المستند \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! الأنواع \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مقدمة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you need to decide what type of document you want to edit. Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, numbering schemes, and so on. Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, and format the title of your document differently. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A \emph on document class \emph default describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties, making it easier to create the type of document you want. If you don't choose a document class, \SpecialChar LyX picks one for you by default. So it is up to you to change the class of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نوع المستند \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! نوع \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard تستطيع اختيار نوع المستند عن طريق \family sans مستند\SpecialChar menuseparator إعدادات\SpecialChar menuseparator نوع المستند \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \family sans . اختر نوع المستند الذي تريد، ثم اضبطه بالخيارات التي تريد. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection نظرة عامة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard يحتوي ليك على أربعة أنواع من المستندات الأساسية. هي: \end_layout \begin_layout Description مقالة للمقالات البسيطة \end_layout \begin_layout Description تقرير للتقارير البسيطة \end_layout \begin_layout Description كتاب لكتابة الكتب \end_layout \begin_layout Description رسالة للرسائل بالأسلوب الأمريكي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard هناك أنواع غير قياسية أخرى، والتي يستخدمها \SpecialChar LyX إذا كانت إذا كانت ملفات \SpecialChar LaTeX الخاصة بها مركبة، على الرقم من أن معظم هذه الملفات يتم تركيبها بشكل افتراضي. وسنستعرض في الأسطر القادمة بعضا منها. أما إذا أردت مشاهدة قائمة كاملة بكل أنواع المستندات فستجدها في فصل أنواع المستندات الخاصة في كتيب خصائص إضافية: \end_layout \begin_layout Description A&A مقالة حسب نسق وهيئة صحفية علم الفلك والفيزياء الفلكية. \end_layout \begin_layout Description ACS مقالة حسب نسق وهيئة صحفية مجتمع الكيميائيين الأمريكيين. \end_layout \begin_layout Description AGU مقالة حسب نسق وهيئة صحفية اتحاد الجيوفيزيائيين الأمريكيين. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). There are three article layouts available. The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that prepends the section number to the number of the result. All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sequential numbering \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers them throughout the article in a single sequence. Each type of result gets its own sequence. There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Beamer نسق للعروض التقديمية، وهو الأفضل من بقية حزم العروض التقديمية. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Broadway نسق كتابة الألعاب. إنه ليس نوع موجود في \SpecialChar LaTeX ، لكنه نوع جديد تم إنشاءه في \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chess نسق للكتابة عن لعبة الشطرنج. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Curriculum \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset vitae نوع لإنشاء بيان السيرة \end_layout \begin_layout Description Elsarticle نسق صحيفة مجموعة النشر Elsevier \end_layout \begin_layout Description Foils يستخدم لإنتاج الشفافيات \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hollywood يستخدم في كتابة سكربتات الأفلام الأمريكية. إنه ليس نوع موجود في \SpecialChar LaTeX ، لكنه نوع جديد تم إنشاءه في \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description IEEEtran نسق صحيفة معهد الإلكترونيات ومهندسي الإلكترونيات (IEEE) \end_layout \begin_layout Description IOP نسق صحيفة مجموعة نشر معهد الفيزياء \end_layout \begin_layout Description Kluwer نسق صحيفة مجموعة النشر Kluwer \end_layout \begin_layout Description KOMA-Script بديل لنوع المستند القياسي، ويملك الكثير من المميزات العملية مما جعله الأكثر استخداما لإنتاج الكتب الكبيرة والرسائل العلمية. (مستخدم في هذا المستند.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Memoir بديل آخر للنوع القياسي \end_layout \begin_layout Description Powerdot نسق للعروض التقديمية لكنه أقل دعما للصور من Beamer . \end_layout \begin_layout Description REVTeX يستخدم في نشر مقالات مجتمع الفيزياء الأمريكي (APS), والمعهد الأمريكي للفيزياء (AIP), ومجتمع البصريات الأمريكي (OSA). وهذا النوع غير متوافق تماما مع \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Slides نوع قديم يستخدم لإنتاج الشفافيات \end_layout \begin_layout Description SPIE \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Proceedings نسق صحيفة المجتمع الدولي لمهندسي البصريات (SPIE) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Springer نسق صحيفة مجموعة النشر Springer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard لم نقم بالدخول في تفاصيل كيفية استخدام أنواع المستندات السابقة. \emph on ويمكنك العثور على تفاصيل عن الأنواع غير القياسية في فصل أنواع المستندات غير القياسية في كتيب \emph default خصائص إضافية. إلى هنا، سوف نكتفي ببعض الخصائص الأكثر شيوعا لهذه الأنواع. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الإتاحة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english \family default are marked as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Unavailable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed. So it may seem that something is wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Nothing is wrong. \SpecialChar LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, and some of them, like \family sans IOP \family default , are highly specialized. \SpecialChar LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number. No \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed by some document class. There are just too many of them. That is why some of the document classes are unavailable. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Unavailable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you just need to install the appropriate package files. The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that document class for a new file. \SpecialChar LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files. See section \emph on Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX files \emph default in of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for information on how to install them. \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Although \SpecialChar LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it does not include support for every document class people might want to use. For example, many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX class files to be used for dissertation s submitted to those universities. The \SpecialChar LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these. There are too many. Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have done so. Chapter \emph on Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual contains information on how to create layout files. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection النماذج \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Modules" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! نماذج \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the chosen document class. For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document. This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond ing module in the \family sans Modules \family default section of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english dialog. Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what it does. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Some modules require \SpecialChar LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not always installed by default. \SpecialChar LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing. You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not be able to export to PDF or print your document, since \SpecialChar LyX will not be able to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites. If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX by selecting \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Reconfigure \family default \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعادة ضبط ليك \end_layout \end_inset \lang english See section Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX files of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for more information on installing required packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible. \SpecialChar LyX will advise you about these things. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection النسق المحلي \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Local-Layout" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! نسق محلي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Modules are to \SpecialChar LyX much as packages are to \SpecialChar LaTeX : They are intended to be used in a variety of different documents. If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose. Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you need a specific inset or character style only that one time. You want something that is like a document's own \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble. What you want is \SpecialChar LyX 's \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Local Layout \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . See section \emph on Local Layout \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for information on how to use it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الخصائص \end_layout \begin_layout Standard كل نوع من المستندات لها خصائص افتراضية. وهنا جدول بسيط يقارن بينها: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans أسلوب الصفحة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans الاتجاه \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans الأعمدة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout أعلى مستوى \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout المقالة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans بسيط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans واحد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans واحد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans القسم \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout التقرير \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans بسيط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans واحد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans واحد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans الفصل \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout الكتاب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans عناوين \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إثنين \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans واحد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans الفضل \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout الرسالة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans بسيط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans واحد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans واحد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout بدون \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You're probably also wondering what \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Max. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sectioning level \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means. There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings. Different document classes allow different types of section headings. Only two use the \family sans Chapter \family default heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the \family sans Section \family default heading. Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section headings. In addition to \family sans Chapter \family default and \family sans Section \family default headings, there are also \family sans Subsection \family default headings, \family sans Subsubsection \family default headings, and so on. We will describe these headings fully in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Headings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection أسلوب المستند \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Document-Layout" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! نسق \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . There in the \family sans Class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \family default field under \family sans Documents \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Class \family default , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated list. This is only necessary if \SpecialChar LyX doesn't support special options you want to use for your document. To learn more about your favorite \SpecialChar LaTeX -class and its options, you have to read its manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The drop box \family sans Headings \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog under \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page. You can choose between the following five options: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans افتراضي \family default يستخدم أسلوب الصفحة الافتراضي لهذا المستند. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans فارغ \family default بدون ترقيم للصفحات أو عناوين. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans بسيط \family default ترقيم للصفحات فقط. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans معنون \family default ترقيم للصفحات وفصول وأقسام مرقمة. وهذا يتوقف على الحد الأعلى من المستويات الذي يسمح به نوع المستوى المستخدم. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans فاخر \family default هذا يسمح لك بتخصيص كامل للراس والتذييل إذا كنت ركبت حزمة \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset . والتي شرحت بشكل مفصل في القسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The separation of paragraphs is described in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection اتجاه وحجم الصفحة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! حجم الصفحة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard يمكن أن تجد الخيارات التالية في \family sans نسق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset الصفحة \family default في \family sans مستند\SpecialChar menuseparator \family default إعدادات: \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans هيئة \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset الصفحة \family default ما هو حجم ورق الطباعة المتاح. الخيارات هي \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans افتراضي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans أ0 – أ6 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ب0 – ب6 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ج0 – ج6 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans رسائل أمريكية, قانوني أمريكي, إداري أمريكي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ياباني B0 – ياباني B6 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans مخصص \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Orientation \family default To choose whether to output as \family sans Landscape \family default or as \family sans Portrait \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Two-sided \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \family default Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper. That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الهوامش \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Margins" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! هوامش \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هوامش \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Paper margins are set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking the paper format and the font size into account. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ملاحظة هامة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you change a document class, \SpecialChar LyX has to convert \emph on everything \emph default into the new class. That includes the paragraph environments. Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments. If this is the case, and you change the document class, \SpecialChar LyX will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unknown \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to the old class. But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph s manually to a style present in your new document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section بادئة الفقرة والفاصلة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فقرة ! بادئة الفقرة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مقدمة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Par-indent-intro" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to say a word or two about paragraph indentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph. Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs. If you choose indentation for paragraphs the \emph on first \emph default paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, etc., is \emph on not \emph default indented. Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document language than English. \SpecialChar LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded into \SpecialChar LyX . As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what. \SpecialChar LyX takes care of that. In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range. That way, \SpecialChar LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of a page, and so on. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \SpecialChar LaTeX does this when \SpecialChar LyX goes to produce a printable file. \end_layout \end_inset However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. \SpecialChar LyX gives you the ability globally to change \emph on all \emph default these pre-coded spacings. We will explain more later. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فاصلة الفقرة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Paragraph-Separation" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فقرة ! فاصلة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Select \family sans Indentation \family default or \family sans Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space \family default in the submenu \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default of the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ضبط دقيق \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. Open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default dialog and toggle the \family sans Indent \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Paragraph \family default option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle" \end_inset \lang english ). If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling this). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph if you need to do some fine-tuning. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تباعد الأسطر \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فقرى ! تباعد الأسطر \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \family default \lang english dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english You need to have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold setspace \series default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! setspace \end_layout \end_inset \lang english installed to use this feature. \end_layout \end_inset You can set it for a single paragraph in the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing is normally defined in the environment's style. \end_layout \begin_layout Section بيئات النص \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فقرة ! بيئات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout بيئات الفقرة|( \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نظرة عامة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Paragraph environments correspond to the \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash begin{ \emph on environment \emph default } \SpecialChar ldots \backslash end{ \emph on environment \emph default } \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset command sequence in \SpecialChar LaTeX files. If you don't know \SpecialChar LaTeX , or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you, we urge you to read the \emph on Tutorial \emph default . The \emph on Tutorial \emph default also contains many more examples than this section does. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A paragraph environment is simply a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset container \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering scheme, labels, and so on. Additionally, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment to inherit some of the properties of another. The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days of typewriters. There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular document type. We will only be covering the most common ones here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png scale 70 clip \end_inset \lang english at the left end of the toolbar. \SpecialChar LyX will change the environment of the \emph on entire \emph default paragraph in which the cursor sits. You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if you select them before choosing the new environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that entering \family sans Return \family default will \emph on typically \emph default create a new paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default paragraph environment. We say \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset typically \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset because if you are in one of these environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الاقتباس \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الاقتباس الطويل \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الشعر \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الترقيم النقطي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الترقيم العددي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الوصف \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans القائمة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter \family sans Return \family default , rather than resetting it to \family sans Standard \family default . Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection قياسي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The default paragraph environment is \family sans Standard \family default for most classes. It creates a plain paragraph. If \SpecialChar LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in this manual) are in the \family sans Standard \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can nest a paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything in a \family sans Standard \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection عنوان المستند \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! عنوان \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A \SpecialChar LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s) and a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset footnote \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for thanks or contact information. For certain types of documents, \SpecialChar LaTeX places all of this on a separate page along with today's date. For other types of documents, the title \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset goes at the top of the first page of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph environments \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default . Here's how you use them: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Put the title of your document in the \family sans Title \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Put the author name in the \family sans Author \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in the \family sans Date \family default environment. Note that using this environment is optional. If you don't provide any, \SpecialChar LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. If you don't want a date, use the option \family sans Suppress default date on front page \family default in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can use footnotes to insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset thanks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or contact information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection العناوين \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout عنونة الأقسام \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Headings" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings. \SpecialChar LyX takes care of the numbering for you. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection العناوين المرقمة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout عنونة الأقسام ! ترقيم \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard توجد \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \strikeout off \xout off \uuline off \uwave off \noun off \color none \family default \series default \shape default \size default \emph default \numeric on \bar default \strikeout default \xout default \uuline default \uwave default \noun default \color inherit 7 \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \numeric off \bar no \strikeout off \xout off \uuline off \uwave off \noun off \color none \family default \series default \shape default \size default \emph default \bar default \strikeout default \xout default \uuline default \uwave default \noun default \color inherit أنواع من العناوين الجانبية المرقمة. هي: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans جزء \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans فصل \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans قسم \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans قسم فرعي \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans قسم تحت فرعي \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans فقرة \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans فقرة فرعية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. The numbers describe where in the document you are. Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text. For example, suppose you're writing a book. You group the book into chapters. \SpecialChar LyX does a similar grouping: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize الجزء ينقسم إلى فصول أو أقسام \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize الفصل ينقسم إلى أقسام \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize القسم ينقسم إلى أقسام فرعية \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize القسم الفرعي ينقسم إلى أقسام تحت فرعية \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize القسم تحت الفرعي ينقسم إلى فقرات \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize الفقرة تنقسم إلى فقرات فرعية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Not all document types use the \family sans Chapter \family default heading as the maximum sectioning level. In that case the \family sans Section \family default is the top-level heading. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english So, if you use the \family sans Subsubsection \family default environment to label a new sub-subsection, \SpecialChar LyX labels it with its number, along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter that it's in. For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 2.5 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection العناوين غير المرقمة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout عنونة الأقسام ! غير مرقم \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The unnumbered section headings have a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the end of their name. They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in the table of contents, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:toc" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection تغيير الترقيم \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear in the Table of Contents. Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document class. Just as certain classes start with \family sans Chapter \family default and go down to the \family sans Subparagraph \family default level. Others start at \family sans Section \family default . Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. Most don't number \family sans Paragraph \family default or \family sans Subparagraph \family default . This is something you can change. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Open the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english Under \family sans Numbering \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC \family default you will see two counters. The one named \family sans Numbering \family default controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy \SpecialChar LyX numbers a section heading. The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table of contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection العناوين القصيرة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout عنونة الأقسام ! عنوان قصير \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Short Titles \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space. For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings. This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents, avoiding the problem mentioned. To specify a short title, set the cursor behind the title and use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Short \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title \family default . This will insert a box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Short \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which you can use to enter the short title text. This also works for captions inside floats. There can only be one short title per title. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The title of this section is a good example of using this feature. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection معلومات خاصة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The following information applies to all section headings: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize لا تستطيع التفريخ داخلها. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize لا تستطيع إضافة ملاحظة هامشية داخلها. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize لا تستطيع إدراج معادلة رياضية فيها. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize لا تستطيع إدراج ملصق أو إشارة مرجعية لرقمها. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الاقتباس والشعر \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations. They are \family sans Quote \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , and \family sans Verse \family default . Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins. These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below the text they contain. They also allow nesting, so you can put a \family sans Verse \family default in a \family sans Quotation \family default , as well as in some other paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do \emph on not \emph default reset to \family sans Standard \family default when you start a new paragraph. So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter \family sans Return \family default without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you have to change back to the \family sans Standard \family default environment yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الاقتباس والاقتباس الطويل \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Quote" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الاقتباس \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's time for the differences. \family sans Quote \family default and \family sans Quotation \family default are identical except for one difference: \family sans Quote \family default uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line. \family sans Quotation \family default \emph on always \emph default indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here's an example of the \family sans Quote \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \lang english This is in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it wraps. See – no indentation! \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \lang english Here's the second paragraph of this quote. Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and the other paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here's another example, this time in the \family sans Quotation \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \lang english This is in the \family sans Quotation \family default environment. If I keep writing, you will see the indentation. If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting the first line, then \family sans Quotation \family default is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it \emph on if \emph default you were quoting other text. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \lang english Here's a new paragraph. I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. If I did that, though, you'd get bored. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As the examples show, \family sans Quote \family default is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs. They should put quotes in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the \family sans Quotation \family default paragraph environment for quoted text. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الشعر \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فقرة ! شعر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شعر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Verse" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Verse \family default is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. Here's an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Verse \lang english This is in Verse \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Which I did not rehearse! \end_layout \begin_layout Verse \lang english It could be much worse. This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps around. It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are indented a bit more than the first. Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. So sue me. \end_layout \begin_layout Verse \lang english To break a line \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset And make things look fine \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Use \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As you can see, \family sans Verse \family default does not indent both margins. Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الترقيم \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قوائم \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Lists" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds of lists. In the \family sans Itemize \family default and \family sans Enumerate \family default environments, \SpecialChar LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. In the \family sans Description \family default and \family sans List \family default environments, \SpecialChar LyX lets you provide your own label. We will present the individual details of each type of list next after describing some general features of all four of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection مميزات عامة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments in several ways. First, \SpecialChar LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. Hitting \family sans Return \family default does \emph on not \emph default reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. The nesting depth is thereby kept. If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting depth, you can use \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset . \lang english If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the \family sans Standard \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can nest lists of any type inside one another. In fact, \SpecialChar LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is nested. If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest you read all of section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الترقيم النقطي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم ! نقطي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Itemize" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The first type of list we will describe in detail is the \family sans Itemize \family default paragraph environment. It has the following properties: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english \SpecialChar LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The items can have any length. \SpecialChar LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item. The offset is always relative to whatever environment the \family sans Itemize \family default list may be in. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english If you nest an \family sans Itemize \family default environment inside another \family sans Itemize \family default environment, the label changes to a new symbol. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english \SpecialChar LyX always shows the same symbol on screen. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset for a full explanation of nesting. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english Of course, that explanation was also an example of an \family sans Itemize \family default list. The \family sans Itemize \family default environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english We said that different levels use different symbols as their label. Here's an example of all four possible symbols. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The label for the first level \family sans Itemize \family default is a large black dot, or bullet. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The label for the second level is a dash. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The label for the third is an asterisk. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The label for the fourth is a centered dot. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Back out to the third level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Back to the second level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Back to the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english These are the default labels for an \family sans Itemize \family default list. You can customize how these labels are displayed in the output in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog in the submenu \family sans Bullets \family default \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english These customizations are not displayed in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الترقيم العددي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم ! عددي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Enumerate" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Enumerate \family default environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines. It has these properties: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Each item has a numeral as its label. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english The label type depends on the nesting depth. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english \SpecialChar LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Each new \family sans Enumerate \family default environment resets the counter to one. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Like the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Offsets the items relative to the left margin. Items can have any length. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Allows up to a four-fold nesting. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english Unlike the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, \family sans Enumerate \family default shows the different labels for each item in \SpecialChar LyX . Here is how \SpecialChar LyX labels the four different levels in an \family sans Enumerate \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english The first level of an \family sans Enumerate \family default uses Arabic numerals followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth increases. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Back to the third level \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Back to the second level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Back to the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can customize the type of numbering used in the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Customized-Lists" \end_inset . Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There is more to nesting \family sans Enumerate \family default environments than we've stated here. You should read section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset to learn more about nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الوصف \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قوائم ! وصف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Unlike the previous two environments, the \family sans Description \family default list has no fixed label. Instead, \SpecialChar LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the first line as the label. Here's an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Description مثال: هذا مثال على بيئة الوصف. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the rest of the line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it is meant that the first usage of the \family sans Space \family default key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an item. If you need to use more than one word in a label use a \family sans Protected Space \family default . (Use either \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \end_inset \lang english or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset for more information.) Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Second \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Example: This one shows how to use a \family sans Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default in the label of a \family sans Description \family default list item. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Usage: You should use the \family sans Description \family default environment for things like definitions and theorems. Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text that describes it. It's not a good idea to use a \family sans Description \family default environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe. You're better off using \family sans Itemize \family default or \family sans Enumerate \family default and nesting several \family sans Standard \family default paragraphs into them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Nesting: You can nest \family sans Description \family default environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Notice that after the first line, \SpecialChar LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting them from the first line. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الملصقات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قوائم ! ملصقات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Labeling \family default environment is a \SpecialChar LyX extension to \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Like the \family sans Description \family default list the \family sans Labeling \family default list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional features. Here are its properties: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \lang english item \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset labels \SpecialChar LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of each line as the item label. The first \family sans Space \family default after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected space as described above. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \lang english margins As you can see, \SpecialChar LyX uses different margins for the item label and the body of the item text. The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default label width plus a little extra space. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \lang english label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width \SpecialChar LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is larger. If the label width is larger, the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset extends \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into the first line. In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left margin of the rest of the item text. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \lang english default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all items in a \family sans Labeling \family default environment has the same left margin. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset To change the default width, select all items in the list. Now open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default dialog (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset \lang english ). The text in the box \family sans Longest \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label \family default determines the default label width. You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset multiple times instead. M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in \SpecialChar LaTeX . By using \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of \family sans Longest \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label \family default every time you alter a label in a \family sans List \family default environment. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The predefined default width is the length of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (equal to 6 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset M). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You should use the \family sans Labeling \family default list the same way as the \family sans Description \family default list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes it. The \family sans Labeling \family default environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall layout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can nest \family sans Labeling \family default lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. They work just like the other list paragraph environments. Read section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset to learn about nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There is yet another feature of the \family sans Labeling \family default list: As you can see in the examples, \SpecialChar LyX left-justifies the item labels by default. You can use additional \family sans HFills \family default to change how \SpecialChar LyX justifies the item label. \family sans Hfills \family default are documented in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset . Here are some examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \lang english Left The default for \family sans Labeling \family default item labels. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \lang english \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right One \family sans HFill \family default at the beginning of the label right justifies it. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \lang english \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Center \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset One \family sans HFill \family default at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الترقيم المخصص \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Customized-Lists" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم ! مخصص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The features described in this section require that the module \family sans Customisable Lists (enumitem) \family default is loaded in the document settings. The module uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الترقيم العددي المخصص \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم ! عددي ! مخصص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \lang english The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Enumerate Options \family default ) to the first item of each level in the list. There you add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english label= \backslash roman{enumi} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english in \SpecialChar TeX Code (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset \lang english ). \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english For more about \SpecialChar TeX Code, look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:TeX-Code" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \emph on enumi \emph default is hereby the first level counter of the enumeration. The command \series bold \backslash roman \series default outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral. For capital Roman numerals replace \series bold \backslash roman \series default with \series bold \backslash Roman \series default in the command above. For Arabic numerals use \series bold \backslash arabic \series default . To \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset number \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset items with capital or small Latin letters use \series bold \backslash Alph \series default or \series bold \backslash alph \series default , respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default You can only number 26 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard هنا قائمة بالترقيم المخصص: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash # \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset مستوى 1 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset مستوى 2 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate مستوى 2 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash bfseries{ \backslash arabic{enumiii}} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset مستوى 3 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash emph{ \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset مستوى 4 \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english For this list these commands were used: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \series bold \lang english label= \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash # \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash bfseries{ \backslash arabic{enumiii}} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash emph{ \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english where the command \series bold \backslash emph{} \series default makes the label emphasized and \series bold \backslash bfseries{} \series default makes it bold. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection استئناف التعداد \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم ! عددي ! استئناف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash arabic{enumi}. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset الأول \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english goes back to default numbering \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate الثاني \end_layout \begin_layout Standard نص منظم \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume مستأنف \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To resume an enumeration, use the style \family sans Enumerate-Resume \family default . Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX , but in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX error. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one. Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number. This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration. There, insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english start=number \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english where \emph on number \emph default is the number with which you want to resume the list. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate العنصر الأول \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate العنصر الثاني \end_layout \begin_layout Standard الترقيم العددي يبدأ بالقيمة المعطاة: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout start=4 \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset الترقيم العددي يبدأ من 4 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection تباعد الأسطر \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم ! تباعد \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list. For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ترقيم نقطي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize مع مسافة قياسية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list. Add there the command \series bold nolistsep \series default to get no additional list space like in this example: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout nolistsep \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset ترقيم نقطي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize بدون إضافة \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize مسافة رأسية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english For more information see its documentation \lang arabic_arabi , \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "enumitem" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation. Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm so that the number is in the page margin: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout labelindent= \backslash parindent, labelsep=2cm \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset ترقيم عددي \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate مع عكس المسافة البادئة \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection تخصيص إضافي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم ! مخصص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also change the style of description lists. The command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english font=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english changes the description label font, the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english style=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english sets the list style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english An example where the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english font= \backslash itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english is used: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset radiation: \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= \backslash itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore ionizing them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Reference \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are many more commands and features provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english For more information see its documentation \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "enumitem" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الرسائل \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رسائل \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection العنوان والعنوان الأيمن: نظرة عامة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Although \SpecialChar LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph environments called \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default . To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments in a specific order, otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX gags on the document. In contrast, you can use the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest anything in them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Of course, you're not limited to using \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default for letters only. \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in some European academic papers. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الاستخدام \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Address-Usage" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Address \family default environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used for the opening and signature in some countries. Similarly, the \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. Here's an example of each: \end_layout \begin_layout Right Address العنوان الأيمن \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset من أنا \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset أين أنا \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset متى؟ تاريخ اليوم؟ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english That was \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default . Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which \SpecialChar LyX sets to fit the largest block of text on a single line. Here's an example of the \family sans Address \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Address من أنت \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset إلى أين أرسلها \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset بريدك ودولتك \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As you can see, both \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. If you enter \family sans Return \family default in either of these environments, \SpecialChar LyX resets the nesting depth and sets the environment to \family sans Standard \family default . This makes sense, since \family sans Return \family default is the \family typewriter paragraph-break \family default function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. Thus, you have to use \family typewriter break-line \family default ( \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english or \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Ragged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default ) to start a new line in an \family sans Address \family default or \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الكتابة الأكاديمية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography or list of references. \SpecialChar LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الملخص \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english ملخص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Abstract \family default environment is used for the abstract of an article. Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. Also, don't bother trying to nest \family sans Abstract \family default in anything else or \emph on vice versa \emph default . It will not work. The \family sans Abstract \family default environment is only useful in the article and report document classes. The book document classes ignores the \family sans Abstract \family default completely, and it's utterly silly to use \family sans Abstract \family default in a letter document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Abstract \family default environment does several things for you. First, it puts the centered label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset above the text. The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical space. Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and the subsequent text. Well, that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX screen. The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are using. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Starting a new paragraph by entering \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. The new paragraph will still be in the \family sans Abstract \family default environment. So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you finish entering the abstract of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Paragraph-in-the" \end_inset فقرة في بيئة الملخص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english We would love to demonstrate the \family sans Abstract \family default environment, but since this document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset class, we can't do this. We inserted it therefore as figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the" \end_inset . If you have never heard of an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset before, you can safely ignore this environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection ثبت المراجع \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ثبت المراجع \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Biblio_environment" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Bibliography \family default environment is used to list references. Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should only use it at the end of the document. Nesting \family sans Bibliography \family default in anything else or \emph on vice versa \emph default will not work. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When you first open a \family sans Bibliography \family default environment, \SpecialChar LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Bibliography \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset References, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset depending on the document class. The heading is in a large boldface font. Each paragraph of the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment is a bibliography entry. Thus, entering \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. Each new paragraph is still in the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There is another, usually better way to include references in your document by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX database. For more information on that, and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX 's bibliography handling, have a look at section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection بيئات خاصة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of a computer console/terminal and a typewriter. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection كود - ليك \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout كود ليك \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:LyX-Code" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment is a \SpecialChar LyX extension. It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. It also treats the \family sans Space \family default key as a fixed whitespace. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english In the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment, the \family sans Space \family default key is treated as a \family sans Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Blank \family default instead of an end-of-word marker. \end_layout \end_inset \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default , \family sans Verbatim \family default and \family sans Verbatim \family default * are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in \SpecialChar LyX . If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english (the \family typewriter break-line \family default function). \family sans Return \family default breaks paragraphs. Note, however, that \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. So, when you finish using the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself. Also, you can nest the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment inside of others. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are a few quirks with this environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english You cannot use \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english at the beginning of a new paragraph (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you can't follow \family sans Return \family default with a \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english You cannot follow a \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english with a \family sans Space \family default but with a \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \end_inset \lang english . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english You cannot have an empty paragraph or an empty line. You must put at least one \family sans Space \family default in any line you want blank. Otherwise, \SpecialChar LaTeX generates errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing \family sans " \family default since that will insert \emph on real \emph default quotes. You get the typewriter double quotes with \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "self-insert \"" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard هذا مثال: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english #include \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english int main(void) \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english { \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english printf("Hello World! \backslash n"); \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english return 0; \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english } \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This is just the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Hello world! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts and so on. Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text as if you used a typewriter \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout بيئة الفقرة|) \end_layout \end_inset \lang english For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection حرفي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حرفي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Verbatim \family default environment is similar to the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment with the difference that its content will be treated like a computer console text. \family sans Verbatim \family default does therefore not have paragraphs so that \family sans Return \family default breaks lines. Compared to \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default the \family sans Space \family default key is treated like a normal space in text (not as a protected space) and you can have empty lines. In contrary to \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code, \family default \family sans Verbatim \family default cannot \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english have a certain language and a text style \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english contain hyperlinks, boxes, foot- and margin notes, notes, math, citations, index- and nomenclature entries, labels, tables, graphics, listings, floats and \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Because of these properties \family sans Verbatim \family default works like a typewriter. Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim This is Verbatim. \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim \noindent \align block The following 2 lines are empty: \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim Almost everything is allowed in Verbatim:"%&$§#~'` \backslash }][{| \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Verbatim* \family default environment is identical to \family sans Verbatim \family default with the difference that spaces appear in the output as the character ' \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset '. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim* This is Verbatim*. \end_layout \begin_layout Section بيئة التفريخ \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تفريخ ! بيئات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Nesting" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مقدمة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific propertie s. This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of another block. For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints. In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner list \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset attached \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to item #2: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate واحد \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate اثنان \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate ترقيم فرعي – عنصر #1 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate ترقيم فرعي – عنصر #2 \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate ثلاثة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other. Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Increase \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \family default or \family sans Decrease \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \family default to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are nested). Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english and \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english or the key bindings \family sans Tab \family default and \family sans Shift+Tab \family default or \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english and \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english . The change will work on the current selection, if you have made one (allowing you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that \SpecialChar LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Nesting isn't limited to lists. In \SpecialChar LyX , you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about to find out. This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ما الذي تستطيع تفريخه وما لا تستطيع \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell you a little bit more about how nesting works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no. There are three types of paragraph environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Completely unnestable \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other things inside them. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest anything into them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph environments have them: \end_layout \begin_layout Description غير \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi قابل \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi للتفريخ لا يمكن تفريخه داخل غيره. ولا يمكن التفريخ داخله. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ثبت المراجع \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الملخص \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans العنوان \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans المؤلف \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans التاريخ \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description تفريخ \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset كامل يمكن تفريخه داخل غيره. ويمكن التفريخ داخله. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans شعر \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الاقتباس \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans الاقتباس الطويل \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قائمة نقطية \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قائمة عددية \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans وصف \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قائمة \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans كود ليك \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans حرفي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans حرفي* \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description تفريخ \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset طفيلي يمكن تفريخه داخل غيره. ولا يمكن التفريخ داخله. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قياسي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans جزء \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans فصل \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قسم \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قسم فرعي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قسم تحت فرعي \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans فقرة \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans فقرة فرعية \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans جزء* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans فصل* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قسم* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قسم فرعي* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans قسم تحت فرعي* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans عنوان \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset يمين \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans عنوان \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Although it is possible, for example, to nest numbered section headings like \family sans Chapter \family default , \family sans Section \family default , etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested section headings violate this. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تفريخ أشياء أخرى: الجداول، الرياضيات، التعويم، إلخ. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تفريخ ! الجداول إلخ. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are affected by nesting anyhow. They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize المعادلات \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize الجداول \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize الرسوم التوضيحية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english ( \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Figures and tables in \family sans Floats \family default are not affected by this. \end_layout \end_inset Have a look at section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset \lang english for more information about \family sans Floats \family default .) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph it is in goes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paragraph \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of its own, it behaves just like a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nestable-inside \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset paragraph environment. You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything into it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here's an example with a table: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout أ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ج \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout د \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is (b). The table is actually nested inside (a). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout أ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ج \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout د \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is (b). The table is \emph on not \emph default nested inside (a). In fact, it's not nested at all. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first item of a new list! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going deep enough. \SpecialChar LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout أ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ج \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout د \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is (b). The table is actually nested inside Item One, but \emph on not \emph default inside (a). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a new list \emph on inside \emph default item 1. The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right depth! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الاستخدام والميزات العامة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Speaking of levels, \SpecialChar LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. In other words, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset level #6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is the innermost possible depth. Here's an example to illustrate what we mean: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english level #1 – outermost \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english level #2 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english level #3 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english level #4 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english level #5 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english level #6 \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see both of them in the example. Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold nesting with the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default environments. For example, if we tried to nest another \family sans Enumerate \family default list inside item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , we would get errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection بعض الأمثلة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تفريخ ! أمثلة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. We have several examples of nested environments. In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection مثال 1: الطية السادسة والتفريخ المختلط \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #1-a This is the outermost level. It's a \family sans List \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #2-a This is level #2. We created it by using \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english followed by \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #3-a This is level #3. This time, we just enter \family sans Return \family default , then used \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english twice in a row. We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, by entering \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english followed by \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english This is actually a \family sans Standard \family default environment, nested inside of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . So, it's at level #4. We did this by entering \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english , then \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english , then changing the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default . Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works for the \family sans Description \family default , \family sans Enumerate \family default , and \family sans Itemize \family default environments! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here's another \family sans Standard \family default paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #4-a This is level #4. We enter \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english and changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans List \family default . Remember — we can't nest anything inside a \family sans Standard \family default environment, which is why we're still at level #4. However, we \emph on can \emph default keep nesting things inside \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #6-a \SpecialChar ldots and this is level #6. By now, you should know how we made these two. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #5-b Back to level #5. Just enter \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english followed by a \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #4-b After another \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english followed by a \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english , we're back at level #4. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #3-b Back to level #3. By now it should be obvious how we did this. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #2-b Back to level #2. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM \lang english #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. After this sentence, we will enter \family sans Return \family default and change the paragraph environment back to \family sans Standard \family default to end the list. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english We could have also used the \family sans Description \family default , \family sans Quote \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , or even the \family sans Verse \family default environment in place of the \family sans List \family default environment. The example would have worked exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection مثال 2: الإرث \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \lang english level. Now we will enter \family sans Return \family default , then \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english , after \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset which, we will change to the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment, at level #2. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Notice how the nested \family sans Enumerate \family default not only inherits its margins from its parent environment ( \family sans LyX-Code \family default ), but also inherits its font and spacing! \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english We ended this example by entering \family sans Return \family default . After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default and reset the nesting depth by using \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english once. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection مثال 3: الملصقات، المستويات، وبيئة التعداد النقطي والرقمي \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is level #1, in an \family sans Enumerate \family default paragraph environment. We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is level #2. We used \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english followed by \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english . Now, what happens if we nest an \family sans Itemize \family default environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its label be? An asterisk? \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english No! It's a bullet. This is the \emph on first \emph default \family sans Itemize \family default environment, even though it's at level #3. So, its label is a bullet. (We got here by using \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english , then \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english , then changing the environment to \family sans Itemize \family default .) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Here's level #4, produced using \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english , then \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english . We will do that again\SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english \SpecialChar ldots to get to level #5. This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans Enumerate \family default . Notice the type of numbering, it is \emph on lowercase Roman \emph default , because we are in the \emph on thirdfold \emph default \family sans Enumerate \family default environment (that is, it is an \family sans Enumerate \family default inside an \family sans Enumerate \family default inside an \family sans Enumerate \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english What happens if we \emph on don't \emph default change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX use? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Let's use \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english to decrease the depth after the next \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is level #4. Look what type of label \SpecialChar LyX is using! \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english This is level #3. Even though we've changed levels, \SpecialChar LyX is still using a lowercase Roman numeral as the label.Why? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is \emph on still \emph default a thirdfold \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. Notice, however, that \SpecialChar LyX \emph on did \emph default reset the counter for the label. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Another \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english sequence, and we're back to level #2. This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back into the twofold-nested \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english The same thing happens if we do another \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Lastly, we reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default . As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling \SpecialChar LyX uses for the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default environments. The number of other \family sans Enumerate \family default environments surrounding it determines what kind of label \SpecialChar LyX uses for an \family sans Enumerate \family default item. The same rule applies for the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection مثال 4: الذهاب للجنون \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english We're going to go totally nuts now. We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the same detail with how we did it. (level #1: \family sans Enumerate \family default ) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english ( \family sans Return, \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \family sans \lang english , Standard \family default : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created the example in parentheses someplace. For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth. The environment name is the name of the current environment. Either before or after this, we will put in the level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english ( \family sans Return, Enumerate \family default : level #1) This is the next item in the list. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Verse \lang english Now we will add verse. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset It will get much worse. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ( \family sans Return, \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \family sans \lang english , Verse \family default : level #2) \end_layout \begin_layout Verse \lang english Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bippitey boppitey boo! \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans ) \end_layout \begin_layout Verse \lang english Here comes a table: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout سمكة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout سمكتين \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout سمكة حمراء \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout سمكة زرقاء \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Verse \lang english ( \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans \lang english , Table, \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \lang english 3 times, \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans \lang english , Verse, \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english ( \family sans Return, Enumerate \family default : level #1) This is another item. Note that selecting a \family sans Table \family default resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth 3 times to put the table inside the \family sans Verse \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \lang english We're now ending the \family sans Enumerate \family default list and changing to \family sans Quotation \family default . We're still at level #1. We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. The next set of paragraphs is a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset quoted letter. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset We will nest both the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environments inside of this one, then use another nested \family sans Quotation \family default for the letter body. We will use \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \lang english to preserve the depth. Remember that you need to use \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english to create multiple lines inside the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environments. Here it goes: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Right Address \lang english 1234 Nowhere Rd. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Moosegroin, MT 00100 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 9-6-96 \end_layout \begin_layout Address \lang english Dear Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fizlewitz: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \lang english We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating a backlog in our orders for methane. We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order as soon as possible. In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \lang english We do, however, now have a special on beef. If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form with your order, along with payment. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \lang english We thank you again for your patience. \end_layout \begin_layout Address \lang english Sincerely, \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bill Hick \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Quotation \lang english That ends that example! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As you can see, nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX gives you a lot of power with just a few keystrokes. We could have easily nested an \family sans Itemize \family default list inside of a \family sans Quotation \family default or \family sans Quote \family default , or put a \family sans Quote \family default inside of an \family sans Itemize \family default list. You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فصل التفريخ \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تفريخ ! منفصلة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Separate-Nestings" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english It is sometimes necessary to have two consecutive environments of the same type. For example you need two different enumerations: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate مرحبا \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate هذا \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate ترقيم عددي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Separator plain \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ترقيم نقطي \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Separator parbreak \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate أهلا \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate هذا ترقيم \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate عددي آخر \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To split an existing list into two lists, set the cursor at the end of a list item and use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Separated Above \family default or \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Separated Below \family default . This inserts a plain separator (red line in \SpecialChar LyX ) and before or behind it the new list. Inside nested environments, it is also possible to split the outer environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator (red arrow in LyX). The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator only splits the list and not the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In general, you get an environment separator when you press \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset \lang english in a \family sans Standard \family default environment immediately after a non-Standard one. \end_layout \begin_layout Section المسافات، ترقيم الصفحات والأسطر الفاصلة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, \SpecialChar LyX offers you more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end of a line. The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are useful. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مسافة محمية \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافة ! حماية \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The protected space: It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX (and \SpecialChar LaTeX ) not to break the line at that point. This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \lang english Further documentation is given in section \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset \lang english \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . A protected space is set with \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مسافة أفقية \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافة ! أفقي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Horizontal Space \family default . The length units are listed in Appendix \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection مسافة في وسط الكلمة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافات ! وسط الكلمة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters at the ends of sentences. There is no need to do this as \SpecialChar LyX automatically takes care about this. However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation followed by a period; see section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Abbreviations" \end_inset \lang english for examples. To insert a normal space, select \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Interword \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "space-insert normal" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection مسافة رفيعة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Thin-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافات ! رفيعة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset thin space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset protected \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance, inside abbreviations: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \lang english D. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset E. Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english or between values and units. Compare for example this: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kg (thin space) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 10 kg (normal space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can insert thin spaces with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "space-insert thin" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection مسافات أخرى \end_layout \begin_layout Standard يمكنك إدراج أنواع المسافات التالية: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Negative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \negthinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset negative thin space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Negative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset medium \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \negmedspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset negative medium space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Negative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thick \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \negthickspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset negative thick space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Enspace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with an \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \enskip{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset enspace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Quad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \quad{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset Quad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english QQuad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \qquad{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset QQuad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hspace{} \length 2cm \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Table \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Width-of-the" \end_inset \lang english lists the different space sizes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Width-of-the" \end_inset عرض المسافات الأفقية المختلفة. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold المسافة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold العرض \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout عادي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout حماية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout رفيعة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout رفيع سالب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1/6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \begin_inset Formula $\thinspace=\thinspace$ \end_inset -3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout متوسط سالب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout سميك سالب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Enspace (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout كواد (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout كوادان (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection ملء أفقي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافات ! ملء \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special \SpecialChar LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion. An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining space between the left and right margins. If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here are a few examples of what you can do with them: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent هذا في الاتجاه اليسار \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset هذا في الاتجاه اليمين \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent يسار \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset وسط \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset يمين \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent يسار \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset 1/3 يسار \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset يمين \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english That was an example in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. Here \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset is one in a standard paragraph. It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it \emph on is \emph default sitting in-between the two arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the \family sans Fill \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pattern \family default s in the space dialog: The following patterns are available: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard نقط: \begin_inset space \dotfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard مسطرة: \begin_inset space \hrulefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard سهم أيسر: \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard سهم أيمن: \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard قوس علوي: \begin_inset space \downbracefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard قوس سفلي: \begin_inset space \upbracefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and \emph on not \emph default in the first line in a paragraph, \SpecialChar LyX ignores it. This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. If you need space in this case anyway, set the \family sans Protect \family default option in the space dialog. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection المسافة الطيفية \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Phantom-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافات ! طيف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. For example, you want to create the following multiple choice question: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \lang english What is correct English?: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge would have been jumps the gun. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Mr. Edge \end_layout \end_inset has to be jumped \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Mr. Edge \end_layout \end_inset jumps \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \lang english so that the choices appear exactly after the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Phantom \family default . In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two lines and insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into the phantom inset (note the space after \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Edge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder). That is why it is named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset phantom \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space, while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding dimension. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection المسافة الرأسية \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Vertical-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافات ! رأسي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default dialog. There you find the following sizes: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english SmallSkip \family default , \family sans MedSkip \family default and \family sans BigSkip \family default are \SpecialChar LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document. \family sans DefSkip \family default is the skip adjusted in the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english for the paragraph separation. If you use indentation to separate paragraphs \family sans DefSkip \family default is equal to \family sans MedSkip \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english VFill \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافات ! ملء \end_layout \end_inset \lang english is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page. An example: you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a \family sans Vfill \family default between them. Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal. \family sans VFill \family default s work like \family sans HFill \family default s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english HFill \family default s are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset If there are several \family sans VFill \family default s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. You can therefore use \family sans VFill \family default s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Custom \family default are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default \series medium If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option \family sans Protect \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection محاذاة الفقرة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فقرة ! محاذاة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard يمكنك تغيير محاذاة الفقرة عن طريق \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator إعدادات الفقرة \family default (زر شريط الأدوات \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset ). توجد خمسة احتمالات: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ضبط \family default (الاختصار \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align block" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans يسار \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align left" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans يمين \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align right" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans وسط \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align center" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans افتراضي \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align default" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left and right margins. The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align right هذه الفقرة محاذاة يمين \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center وهذه في الوسط، \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align left وهذه محاذاة يسار \lang english . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فاصل الصفحة القسري \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فاصل صفحة ! قسري \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you don't like the way \SpecialChar LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you can force a page break where you want one. Normally this will not be necessary, because \SpecialChar LaTeX is good at page breaking. Only if you use a lot of \family sans Floats \family default , \SpecialChar LaTeX 's page breaking algorithm can fail. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and you have checked in the preview to see if you \emph on really \emph default have to change the page breaking. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special action. This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default . The second type, that is inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out the complete page. This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page on which only the last few lines are absent. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears at the top of a page. This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. \SpecialChar LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. See chapter \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes" \end_inset \lang english to learn more about \family sans Floats \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection صفحة فارغة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فاصل صفحة ! فارغ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them. That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed after it, if necessary by adding pages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can insert a clear page break with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default . When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فاصل سطر قسري \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فاصل سطر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: one simply breaks the line. You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Ragged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default or with \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english . Another type that is inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default or with \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert linebreak" \end_inset \lang english breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between the page margins. This is useful to avoid \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset fringes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialChar LaTeX 's line breaking, as \SpecialChar LaTeX is very good at line breaking. There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to set a line break actively, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Quote" \end_inset , \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Verse" \end_inset \lang english and \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Address-Usage" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection سطر أفقي \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Horizontal-Lines" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout سطر افقي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \lang english \begin_inset CommandInset line LatexCommand rule offset "0.5ex" width "100line%" height "1pt" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \lang english In the dialog \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \family default you can insert horizontal lines. The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline of the current text line or the paragraph. The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \lang english \begin_inset CommandInset line LatexCommand rule offset "0.5ex" width "100line%" height "1pt" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section المحارف والرموز \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, for example, characters needed for French with an English keyboard. See section \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping" \end_inset \lang english for information on how this is done. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you can use the \family sans Symbols \family default dialog via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special Character\SpecialChar menuseparator Symbols \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences. But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section الخطوط ونسق النص \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Fonts-and-Text" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نوع الخط \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خط ! نوع \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are two types of fonts: \end_layout \begin_layout Description خطوط \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset متجهية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خطوط ! متجهية- \end_layout \end_inset \lang english are built from outlines of the single glyphs (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. characters) in the font. This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are well suited for scaling to any requested size. This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes. Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them. But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes. That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font sizes than at small ones. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The font types \family typewriter TrueType \family default , \family typewriter OpenType \family default , and \family typewriter Type \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 \family default are vector fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Description خطوط \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset نقطية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خطوط ! نقطية- \end_layout \end_inset \lang english on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each pixel is enlarged into several pixels. It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an image manipulation program. In order to mitigate this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in several fixed sizes typically from around 8 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pixels high up to 34 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful. The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary to display each glyph; so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than scalable fonts. The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bitmap fonts are named \family typewriter Type \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 \family default in PostScript- and PDF-documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts. That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs use scalable fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, look at its document properties. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current font to emphasize text, you use an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset emphasized style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead. This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialChar LyX . In \SpecialChar LyX , you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection دعم الخطوط في لتيك \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Traditionally, \SpecialChar LaTeX used its own fonts. That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution. The reason is that \SpecialChar LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts, which have to be provided by additional files and packages. The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared to a word processor. On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts are generally of very good quality, and that \SpecialChar LaTeX files are very portable across different machines. Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX has increased a lot in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial fonts. \SpecialChar LyX supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Font" \end_inset for details). Other fonts are available if you enter the relevant \SpecialChar LaTeX code in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Recent developments brought some new \SpecialChar LaTeX engines that are also able directly to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX . Both engines are supported by \SpecialChar LyX . By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font that is installed on your system. The next section describes how to use these fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default In practice, some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding, bad metrics, or other font deficiencies; so you might have to experiment. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection خط المستند وحجمه \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Document-Font" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خط ! حجم \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! خط \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can set the document fonts in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english dialog. In the \family sans Fonts \family default section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the three different font shapes — roman (serif), \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default and \family typewriter typewriter \family default (monospaced) — and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for (some) sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with the roman font. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you select \family sans Use non-TeX fonts \family default , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system. This requires that you use \family sans PDF (XeTeX) \family default , \family sans PDF (LuaTeX) \family default or \family sans DVI (LuaTeX) \family default as the output format, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you will have to have either Xe\SpecialChar TeX or Lua\SpecialChar TeX installed (see section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset \lang english ). You will then not have access to \SpecialChar TeX 's own fonts. Note that \SpecialChar LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists (roman, sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif, and typewriter), since \SpecialChar LyX cannot determine the family. Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar breakableslash or font failures. \SpecialChar LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you use \SpecialChar TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the font include \family sans Default \family default and a list of fonts available with your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution. If you select \family sans Default, \family default the font that is preset by the current document class is used. With LyX's default font encoding, this is a look-alike of the standard \SpecialChar TeX font \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ( \family typewriter cm \family default ): either \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cm-super \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or the bitmap font \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter European Computer Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ( \family typewriter ec \family default ). However, some classes set different default fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As \family typewriter ec \family default is a bitmap font, it looks pixelated in PDF output, especially when you read the PDF in a zoomed size. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english This problem is less severe if you read PDFs in \family typewriter Adobe \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Reader \family default version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font renderer. \end_layout \end_inset To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font. Depending on how your document should look, you can either: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english select the \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of \family typewriter cm \family default / \family typewriter ec \family default . \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default was developed for the \SpecialChar LaTeX community in order to replace \family typewriter cm \family default as the default font. It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default looks identical to \family typewriter cm \family default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english One difference is improved kerning. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english If you do not like the look of \family typewriter cm \family default / \family typewriter ec \family default , you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family typewriter Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default or \family typewriter Palatino \family default . Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif and typewriter fonts, \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default selects \family sans Helvetica \family default for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset a real font \emph on family \emph default (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in case of \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default oder \family sans Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default ). \end_layout \end_inset but you can also select your own. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The differences between roman, \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default and \family typewriter typewriter \family default fonts are explained in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \lang english \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The font \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default was originally designed for newspapers. Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit into the small newspaper columns. Therefore \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For the font size there are generally four possible values: \family sans Default, 10 \family default , \family sans 11 \family default and \family sans 12 \family default . Some classes provide additional sizes. The size of \family sans Default \family default depends on the class you are using. In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that the font size is the \emph on base size \emph default . That means that \SpecialChar LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value. You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog if needed. The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Family \family default selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should be roman, sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif or typewriter. The \family sans Default \family default selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override this. In most cases, \family sans Default \family default is equal to \family sans roman \family default , but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family typewriter \family sans LaTeX font encoding \family default selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold fontenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! fontenc \end_layout \end_inset \lang english (see also section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset \lang english ). Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this. Unless you have specific reasons, use \family sans Default \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With some fonts, the checkboxes \family sans Use Old Style Figures \family default and \family sans Use True Small Caps \family default are available. These are extra features some fonts provide. If \family sans Use Old Style Figures \family default is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures) are used. Old style figures are the numerals (0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset – \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lowercase letters. \family sans Use True Small Caps \family default determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made of scaled capitals. Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The field \family sans CJK \family default allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify a font to display the script characters. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english The font will be the argument for the commands of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold CJK \series default . \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! CJK \end_layout \end_inset \lang english So this has no effect for the document language \family sans Japanese \family default that does not use \series bold CJK \series default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Enable micro-typographic extensions \family default activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold \lang arabic_arabi microtype \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! microtype \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Disallow line breaks after dashes \family default outputs en- and em-dashes as literal characters \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Or \SpecialChar LaTeX macro, if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX input encoding. \end_layout \end_inset instead of ligatures (--, ---) (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default When you choose a new font or font size, \SpecialChar LyX does \emph on not \emph default change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output; this is part of the WYSIWYM concept. \SpecialChar LyX 's screen fonts can be adjusted in the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection خط الرياضيات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In \SpecialChar LaTeX the font used for characters in equations is different from the document font. For the case that you use \SpecialChar TeX fonts for your document, you can explicitly choose a math font in the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english The default setting is that \SpecialChar LyX automatically selects a math font. For most cases this will be \SpecialChar LaTeX 's default – the math variant of \SpecialChar LaTeX 's default font family \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \SpecialChar LyX will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of the document font is available. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that the math font will not be used for \emph on mathematical text \emph default (which is inserted with the shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset \lang english or by the insertion of the command \series bold \backslash text \series default into a formula). Also note that some math fonts are sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif. Your document might therefore look strange when the document text has serifs while the math characters do not. Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif math fonts make therefore in most cases only sense if you select \family sans Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default for the \family sans Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset family \family default in the document font settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you use non-\SpecialChar TeX fonts for the document, you can only choose for math to use either the document's class default \SpecialChar TeX font (in most cases \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) or to use the non-\SpecialChar TeX variant of the document's class default font (in most cases \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection استخدام انساق محارف مختلفة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout أسلوب الحرف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout أسلوب النص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As we've already seen, \SpecialChar LyX automatically changes the character style for certain paragraph environments. \SpecialChar LyX supports two character styles, \family sans Emphasized \family default and \family sans Noun \family default . You can activate both of these styles via key bindings, the menus, and the toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To activate the \family sans Noun \family default style, do one of the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize انقر على الزر التالي في شريط الأدوات \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-noun" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize استخدم مفتاح الربط \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-noun" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english These commands are all toggles. That is, if \family sans Noun \family default style is already active, they deactivate it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english One typically uses the \family sans Noun \family default style for proper names. For example: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \noun on Matthias Ettrich \noun default is the original author of \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A more widely used character style is the \family sans Emphasized \family default style. You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the \family sans Emphasized \family default style by: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize انقر على الزر التالي في شريط الأدوات \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-emph" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize استخدم مفتاح الربط \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-emph" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Normally the \family sans Emphasized \family default style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages use a different font. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english We've been using the \family sans Emphasized \family default style all over the place in this document. Here's one more example: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \emph on \lang english Do not overuse character styles! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english It's also a warning in addition to an example. One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid the common tendency to overuse character styles. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can always reset to the default font using the key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset \lang english or the dialog \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \family default ( \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الضبط الدقيق من نافذة أسلوب النص \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout أسلوب النص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning; so \SpecialChar LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style. For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts from ordinary dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles! \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To use custom character styles, open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \family default dialog or press the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \lang english . There are several boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different font property that you can choose. You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \family default , which keeps the current state of that property. The item \family sans Reset \family default will reset the property to whatever is the default. You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph environments all at once. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The font properties, and their options (in addition to \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \family default and \family sans Reset \family default ) are: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Family \family default The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset overall look \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the font. The possible options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Roman \family default This is the Roman font family. Normally a serif font. It's also the default family. (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-roman" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default \family sans This is the Sans Serif font family. \family default (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-sans" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Typewriter \family default \family typewriter This is the Typewriter font family. \family default (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-typewriter" \end_inset \family sans \lang english ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Series \family default This corresponds to the print weight. Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Medium \family default This is the Medium font series. It's also the default series. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Bold \family default \series bold This is the Bold font series. \series default (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-bold" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Shape \family default As the name implies. Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Upright \family default This is the Upright font shape. It's also the default shape. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Italic \family default \shape italic This \shape default \family sans \shape italic i \family default s the Italic font shape \shape default \emph on . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Slanted \family default \shape slanted This is the Slanted font shape \shape default (although it might not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX , this is different from italic). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Small \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caps \family default \shape smallcaps This is the Small caps font shape \shape default \noun on . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Color \family default Alters the text color. Note that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors. Besides \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset color \family default , which means that the document default color set in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Color \family default for \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default is used, you can choose between \family sans Black \family default , \family sans White \family default , \family sans Red \family default , \family sans Green \family default , \family sans Blue \family default , \family sans Cyan \family default , \family sans Magenta \family default , \family sans Yellow \family default , \family sans Brown \family default , \family sans Darkgray \family default , \family sans Gray \family default , \family sans Lightgray \family default , \family sans Lime \family default , \family sans Orange \family default , \family sans Olive \family default , \family sans Pink \family default , \family sans Purple \family default , \family sans Teal \family default and \family sans Violet \family default text \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لون ! نص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Language \family default This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document. Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change (only within \SpecialChar LyX ). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document, \SpecialChar LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically. When using the spell checking (see section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset \lang english ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Size \family default Alters the size of the font. You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportional to the document font size. Once again, you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX the details, but a general description of what you want to do. The options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Tiny \family default \size tiny This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Tiny \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size tiny" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Smallest \family default \size scriptsize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Smallest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size \size default . (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size scriptsize" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Smaller \family default \size footnotesize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Smaller \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size footnotesize" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Small \family default \size small This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Small \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size small" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Normal \family default This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Normal \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. It's also the default size. (key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size normal" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Large \family default \size large This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Large \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size large" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Larger \family default \size larger This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Larger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size larger" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Largest \family default \size largest This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size largest" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Huge \family default \size huge This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size huge" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Huger \family default \size giant This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size giant" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Increase \family default This increases the size by one step (for instance, from \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size increase" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Decrease \family default This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Normal \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Small \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size decrease" \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english We warn you \emph on yet again \emph default : don't go crazy with this feature. You should almost never need to change the font size. \SpecialChar LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments — use those instead. This is here for fine-tuning only! \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Misc \family default Here you can change a few other things at the character level. Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Emph \family default \emph on This is text with emphasize on \emph default . This might seem like the same as \shape italic Italic \shape default , but it is actually a bit different. Emphasized is a \emph on logical \emph default attribute. That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized text. Normally this font is equal to italic. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Underbar \family default \bar under This is text with Underbar on. \bar default (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-underline" \end_inset \family sans ) \lang english \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days, when you could not change fonts. One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters. This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX because some people \emph on may \emph default need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset underbar \family default \uuline on This is text with Double underbar on. \uuline default (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-underunderline" \end_inset \lang english ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think about double underbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Wavy \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset underbar \family default \uwave on This is text with Wavy underbar on. \uwave default (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-underwave" \end_inset \lang english ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it. Keep antinausea pills handy. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Strike \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out \family default \strikeout on This is text with Strikeout on. \strikeout default (key binding \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-strikeout" \end_inset \lang english ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been changed in the meantime. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Cross \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out \family default \xout on This is text with Cross out on. \xout default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is used to make text hardly readable. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans \lang english Noun \family default \noun on This is text with Noun on. \noun default Like \family sans Emph \family default , this is a logical attribute. Normally it's equivalent to \family sans Small \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caps \family default . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from. Once you have chosen a new character style via the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \family default ( \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \lang english ) dialog, the settings are saved. You can activate them by using the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "textstyle-apply" \end_inset \lang english . The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To completely reset the character style to the default, use \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset \lang english . If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose you just set the shape to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset slanted \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and the series to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bold \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ), set the \family sans Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default switch and press \family sans Apply \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You should also know something about the differences between the three main font types \family sans serif \family default , \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default , and \family sans typewriter \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \lang english Typewriter \family default is a so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset monospaced \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font, which means every character has the same width; the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is as wide as the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Here is an example \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english no \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter typewriter text \family default \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english For more on phantoms see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Phantom-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset no typewriter text \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \lang english Serif \family default fonts use characters with serifs. These are the small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset appendices \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the ends of the strokes that form the character. The following example shows the difference: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset text with serifs \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans text without serifs \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading. These fonts are therefore used as default (named \family sans roman \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \lang english Sans serif \family default is not recommended for use as a base type. This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts. We use it in this document to highlight menu names. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Toggling \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset refers to applying or removing font properties. When a property is marked for toggling in the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog, applying the style to text that already has the property will cause the property to be removed. If you, for example, apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Never toggled \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset always toggled \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset mean that you do not control the toggling behavior. For the properties on the left side of the dialog ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Family \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset etc.), toggling behavior is up to you. If \family sans Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none of them are. Finally, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Reset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is never toggled. If you, for example, set \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Series \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Reset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and select \family sans Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default series ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Medium \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ), no matter how many times you apply the style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts! They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الطباعة والاستعراض \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نظرة عامة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation using \SpecialChar LyX , you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what goes on behind-the-scenes. We cover this information in much greater detail in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX uses the program \SpecialChar LaTeX as its backend. \SpecialChar LaTeX is just a macro package for the \SpecialChar TeX typesetting system, but to prevent confusion, we will only refer to \SpecialChar LaTeX . \SpecialChar LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. Then, \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. This happens in two stages: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english First, \SpecialChar LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for \SpecialChar LaTeX , generating a file with the extension, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .tex \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Next, \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX to use the commands in the \family typewriter .tex \family default file to produce printable output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection هيئة ملف الخرج \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة الملف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection نص بسيط (اسكي) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة الملف ! اسكي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .txt \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset American Standard Code for Information Interchange \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (ASCII). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can export your document to ASCII with the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default . However, this will not export any externally generated material such as a Bib\SpecialChar TeX bibliography (section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset \lang english ). If your document includes such material, use \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator More \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default and then select \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2ascii) \family default . This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة الملف ! لتيك \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .tex \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and contains all commands that are necessary for the \SpecialChar LaTeX program to process your document. If you know \SpecialChar LaTeX , you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX -Errors or to process it manually with console commands. The \SpecialChar LaTeX -file is automatically created in \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary directory whenever you view or export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can export your document as a \SpecialChar LaTeX -file using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default . The different \SpecialChar LaTeX export variants are explained in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection DVI \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة الملف ! DVI \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .dvi \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset device-independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats, like PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them. So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when you view the DVI. So we recommend using PDF for files with many images. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can export your document to DVI by the menus \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator DVI \family default or \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX). \family default The latter option uses the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default . \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). Lua\SpecialChar TeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection PostScript \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة الملف ! بوست سكربت \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .ps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . PostScript was developed by the company \family typewriter Adobe \family default as a printer language. The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the file. PostScript can be seen as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset programming language \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold pstricks \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! pstricks \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset As a result of this, the files are often bigger than PDFs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english PostScript can only contain images in the format \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (EPS, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .eps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). As \SpecialChar LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to convert them in the background to EPS. If, for example, you have 50 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX has to do 50 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset conversions when you view or export your document the first time. This might slow down your workflow with \SpecialChar LyX . So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as EPS to avoid this problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can export to PostScript using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator PostScript \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection PDF \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة ملف ! PDF \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english PDF \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .pdf \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PDF) developed by \family typewriter Adobe \family default was derived from PostScript. It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript. As the name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset portable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset implies, it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output looks exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (JPG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpeg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PNG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .png \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). You can also use any other image format, because \SpecialChar LyX converts them in the background to one of these formats. But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion will slow down your workflow. So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard يمكنك تصدير مستندك إلى PDF بعد طرق من خلال \family sans ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator تصدير : \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) This uses the program \family typewriter pdftex \family default which converts your file directly to PDF. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Lua \family sans TeX \family default ) This uses the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default which converts your file directly to PDF. \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default is a new engine, derived from \family typewriter pdflatex \family default , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). Lua\SpecialChar TeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Xe \family sans TeX \family default ) This uses the program \family typewriter Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default that converts your file directly to PDF. \family typewriter Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example, vertically written Japanese. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (cropped) This is the same as \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default but the result is a PDF with cropped page margins. This is for example useful if you want to use \SpecialChar LyX to generate good-looking formulas to use them in other programs like for presentations. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) This uses the program \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to PDF. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) This uses the program \family typewriter ps2pdf \family default that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file. The PostScript-version is produced by the program \family typewriter dvips \family default which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step. So this export variant consists of three conversions. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english We recommend using \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default because \family typewriter pdftex \family default supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and works without problems. If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar breakableslash or specific OpenType fonts, you might want to try out \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTeX) \family default or \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature as \family typewriter pdflatex \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection XHTML \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة الملف ! XHTML \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english HTML \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .xhtml \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them. When \SpecialChar LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats suitable for the purpose. For the math output you can choose in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output \family default between different formats, which are described in section \emph on Math Output in XHTML \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english XHTML output remains \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset under development \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and not all \SpecialChar LyX features are supported yet. See the chapter \emph on \SpecialChar LyX and the World Wide Web \emph default , in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual, for more information. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator LyXHTML \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الاستعراض \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! استعراض \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu \family sans Document \family default and choose \family sans View \family default or use the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-view" \end_inset \lang english . A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset ). Further output formats can be selected via \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator View (Other Formats) \family default or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "view-others" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same viewer window using the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update \family default or \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update (Other Formats) \family default , respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary directory. To have a real output, export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Section كلمات قليلة عن الطباعة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الطباعة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الواصلات, وعلامتا الشرطة والناقص \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout واصلات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شرطات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In \SpecialChar LyX , the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset symbol comes in four variants: the \emph on hyphen \emph default , the \emph on en dash \emph default , the \emph on em dash \emph default , and the \emph on minus sign \emph default : \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "100col%" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english name \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english inserted with \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english hyphen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english en dash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english – \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english system key combination or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -- \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english em dash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english — \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english system key combination or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset --- \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english minus sign \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset Formula $-$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in math mode \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Dashes can also be inserted with \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character\SpecialChar menuseparator Symbols \family default or using the \family typewriter unicode-insert \family default \SpecialChar LyX function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash and 2014 for the en dash). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math mode and has a length of its own. Here are some examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english line- and page-breaks \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on hyphen \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english A–Z; pages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 369–378 \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on en dash \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english The em dash is used without spaces: Oh—there's a dash. \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on em dash \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on minus sign \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english See also the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wikipedia entry on dashes" target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dash" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الشرطة وفاصل السطر \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use case and locale, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g.: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english In English, line breaks are generally allowed after the dash, but no line break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english In English, dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start a new line. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english In French and Spanish, dashes around parenthetical statements are treated similar to brackets: line breaks are not allowed on the inner side. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By default, dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX to \SpecialChar LaTeX as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ligature dashes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (-- and ---). \SpecialChar LaTeX allows line breaks after hyphens, en-dashes and em-dashes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Line breaks before spaced en dashes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – common in British English and generally recommended by \emph on The Elements of Typographic Style \emph default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – can be prevented using protected spaces. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Unwanted line breaks after dashes can be prevented by wrapping in a makebox \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english See section \emph on Prevent Hyphenation \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \end_inset or preceding with \series bold \backslash nobreakdash \series default in \SpecialChar TeX code. Examples: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Pages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 1 width "" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english 36–39 \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang french Les incises \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 1 width "" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang french – \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset même \end_layout \end_inset si tout le monde ne les aime pas \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – sont très utiles. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang spanish En una frase \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash nobreakdash \end_layout \end_inset —un inciso con rayas— se escribe así. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \lang english An incorrect line break is easily overlooked because \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – in contrast to an overfull line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – it does not trigger a warning in the \SpecialChar LaTeX log. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes, you can select the option \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator Disallow line breaks after dashes \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Line breaks are still allowed after spaced dashes. They can be prevented using protected spaces (without need for a makebox or \SpecialChar TeX code). Example: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang french Les incises – \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset même si tout le monde ne les aime pas \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – sont très utiles. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Line breaks after unspaced dashes can be allowed via the menu \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Optional line break \family default : \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Em-dashes without spaces—\SpecialChar allowbreak common in American English—\SpecialChar allowbreak should be followed by a line break opportunity. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This also allows hyphenation of the word following the dash (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyphenation" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english With this setting, \SpecialChar LaTeX hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em or en dashes (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyphenation" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \lang english Changes and backwards compatibility \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Up to \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1, consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged to en or em dashes by LaTeX. These \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ligature dashes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX as \emph on non-breakable \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Since \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.2, consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX in a way that prevents ligation to dashes. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Ligature dashes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters (except in \family typewriter typewriter \family default font); typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately after the input (unless the current text font is \family typewriter type \family default writer). \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english The behavior was changed since \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset lyx --help \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset became \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset lyx –help \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in PDF, Postscript, and DVI output. An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output as non-breakable dashes. This also resulted in changed line breaks in some older documents. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.3 outputs \emph on breakable \emph default dashes by default. When opening documents edited with \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.2 or earlier and containing literal dash characters not followed by whitespace, the setting \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator Disallow line breaks after dashes \family default is active to prevent changes to the line breaks. \series bold Warning: \series default If you used both literal and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ligature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset dashes in pre-\SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.2 documents, you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الوصلة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout وصلة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Hyphenation" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Words are not hyphenated within \SpecialChar LyX but automatically in the output. Hyphenation is done by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! babel \end_layout \end_inset \lang english following the rules of the document language. \SpecialChar LaTeX does not hyphenate text in the \family sans typewriter \family default font and words immediately preceded or followed by hyphens or dashes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the \family sans typewriter \family default font and with unusual constructs, like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset h3knix/m0n0wall \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If \SpecialChar LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually. This is done with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Hyphenation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point \family default . These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to \SpecialChar LaTeX . If no hyphenation is necessary, \SpecialChar LaTeX will ignore them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated. Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document in the form \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset A-b c \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \SpecialChar LaTeX would then see the hyphen \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as a line break possibility. A line break at this point would look ugly. To prevent the shortcut from being broken, you can use a protected hyphen ( \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Protected Hyphen \family default ) or put it into a makebox \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english as described in section \emph on Prevent Hyphenation \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection علامات الترقيم \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout علامات الترقيم \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الاختصارات ونهايات الجمل \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Abbreviations" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, \SpecialChar LaTeX automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. \SpecialChar LaTeX then adds the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset appropriate amount of space. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next word. Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word gets after another word. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does not work in all cases. If a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter . \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here are some examples of \emph on correct \emph default abbreviations and of the end of a sentence: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english M. Butterfly \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Don't worry. Be happy. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. this is too much space! \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english This is I. It's okay. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To fix this problem, use one of the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Use an \family sans Inter-word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default after lowercase abbreviations (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset ) \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافات ! وسط الكلمة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Use a \family sans Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Thin-Space" \end_inset ) \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسافات ! رفيعة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Use an \family sans End \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sentence \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset period \family default found under the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character \family default menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. This function is also bound to \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence" \end_inset \lang english for easy access. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset this is too much space! \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english This is I\SpecialChar endofsentence It's okay. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because \SpecialChar LaTeX will take care of this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: Check out the \family sans Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \SpecialChar TeX \family default feature described in the section \emph on Checking \SpecialChar TeX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection علامات الاقتباس \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout طباعة ! علامات الاقتباس \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout علامات الاقتباس | أنظر \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Typography \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX usually sets quotation marks correctly. Specifically, it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted text, and use a closing mark at the end. For example, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset open close \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The keyboard character, \family sans " \family default , generates this automatically. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can specify what character the \family sans " \family default key produces by using the submenu \family sans Language \family default of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english dialog and switching the \family sans Quote Style \family default (note that \SpecialChar LyX makes a sensible proposal for the selected main language). There are 14 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset choices: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \noindent \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in the US) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes srs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes sls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes srs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Sweden) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes grs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes gls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes grs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Germany) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes pls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes pls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Poland) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes cld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes crd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes cls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes crs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes cld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes crd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes cls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes crs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Switzerland) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes als \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes als \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Denmark) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes qls \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes qls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes qls \end_inset quotation marks (so-called plain or non-typographical quotation marks) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes bld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes brd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes bls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes brs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes bld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes brd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes bls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes brs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Great Britain) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes fls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in France) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes ild \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes ird \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes ils \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes irs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes ild \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes ird \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes ils \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes irs \end_inset quotation marks (another style common in France) \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Maybe you wonder why one does not simply use only outer marks in this case, since these look identical to the inner marks. The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where the inner marks differ). \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes rld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes rrd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes rls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes rrs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes rld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes rrd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes rls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes rrs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Russia) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \lang english \begin_inset Quotes wld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes wrd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes wls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes wrs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes wld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes wrd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes wls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes wrs \end_inset quotation marks (another style common in Sweden) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inner quotation marks \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english In many writing cultures, these are single quotation marks. But as the British and French styles show, this is not necessarily the case (and specifically the British style shows that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset outer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset does not necessarily mean \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). This is why we call them \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset as opposed to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset outer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset quotation marks. \end_layout \end_inset for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages, such as \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset scare quotes \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset ) can be obtained by means of the shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "quote-insert inner" \end_inset \lang english and via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special Characters \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By default, the quotation mark styles are persistent. That is to say, a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when it was inserted, even if the document-wide style changes. This allows you to enter marks of different style. If you check the setting \family sans Use dynamic quotation marks \family default in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default , however, special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window, they appear in a special color). These marks will automatically adapt to the main style (and its changes). Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in one step (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., if your publisher requests a different style). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Individual quotation marks (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., their level [inner, outer], side [opening, closing], and style) can be easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a mark. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الأربطة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout طباعة ! الأربطة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout أربطة | أنظر \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Typography \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Ligatures" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and print them as single characters. These groups are known as \emph on ligatures \emph default . Since \SpecialChar LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the output. Here are the standard ligatures: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english ff \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english fi \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english fl \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english ffi \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english ffl \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word. While a ligature may be okay in the word, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset graffiti, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it looks really weird in compound words, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cufflink \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or the German \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorffest. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset To break a ligature, use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break. \family default This changes \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cufflinks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak links \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak fest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection رمزي \SpecialChar LyX و \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ليك ! الاسم الصحيح \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special Characters\SpecialChar menuseparator Logos \family default , \SpecialChar LyX provides the following program logos with special formatting: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar LyX اسم هذا البرنامج. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar TeX محرك المحارف المستخدم في هذا البرنامج \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \SpecialChar LaTeX The \SpecialChar TeX macro collection used by \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar LaTeX2e الإصدار الحالي من \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX version is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 2 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX world to give programs geek version numbers. For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX converges to the number \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ \end_inset : The actual version is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar TeX -3.141592 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , the previous one was \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar TeX -3.14159 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الوحدات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout طباعة ! وحدات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal space between two words. As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is smaller. To get such a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset half space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for units use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "space-insert thin" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard هذا مثال لتشاهد الفرق: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset kW \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ \end_inset h \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout المسافة بين الرقم والوحدة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kW \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ \end_inset h \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout نصف المسافة بين الرقم والوحدة \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection النافذة والأيتام \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout طباعة ! نافذة وأيتام \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page happened to end. There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page. These bits of text became known as \emph on widows \emph default and \emph on orphans \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules built into \SpecialChar LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical ly to prevent widows and orphans. If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash widowpenalty=10000 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash clubpenalty=10000 \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset to the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble of your document to avoid them. Some \SpecialChar LaTeX books (such as \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion" literal "true" \end_inset or \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexguide" literal "true" \end_inset ) have more information about the technical details of \SpecialChar LaTeX 's page break mechanism. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter الملاحظات، الصور، الجداول والتعويم \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Floats-and-Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الملاحظات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ملاحظات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as a \SpecialChar LaTeX -comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX via the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (xxx) \family default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Comment status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX -files. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can set in the document settings under \family sans Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator Greyed-out \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset notes \family default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english This is the text \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. In this document the color of this note type is set to blue. \end_layout \end_inset of a comment that appears in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Notes are inserted with the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset \lang english or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Note \family default . Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type. \end_layout \begin_layout Section التذييل \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تذييل \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Footnotes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnote \family default or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "footnote-insert" \end_inset \lang english , \family roman \series medium \bar no you will see \family default \series default \bar default a box like this: \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/footnote.png scale 95 \end_inset \family roman \series medium \bar no This box is \SpecialChar LyX 's representation of your footnote. If you \family default \series default \bar default left-click on \family roman \series medium \bar no the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans foot \family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default \series default \bar default \family roman \series medium \bar no label, the box will \family default \series default \bar default be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it. Clicking on the box label again will close \family roman \series medium \bar no the \family default \series default \bar default box \family roman \series medium \bar no . If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it and click on the footnote \family default \series default \bar default toolbar \family roman \series medium \bar no button \family default \series default \bar default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here is an example footnote: \family roman \series medium \bar no \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text position where the footnote box is placed. The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX according to the document class. \SpecialChar LyX does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. T \family roman h \family default ey are described in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الملاحظات الهامشية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ملاحظة هامشية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Marginal-Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX . When you insert a margin note via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Marginal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \family default or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "marginalnote-insert" \end_inset \lang english , you will see \family roman \series medium a \family default \series default \family roman \series medium box with the \family default \series default \family roman \series medium label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appearing within your text. This box is \SpecialChar LyX 's representation of your margin \family default \series default al \family roman \series medium note. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note. \family roman \series medium \begin_inset Marginal status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align left هذه ملاحظة هامشية \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even pages, right on odd pages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For further information about marginal notes see the section \emph on Margin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Notes \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الصور والرسوم التوضيحية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout صور \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رسوم توضيحية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Graphics" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position you want and click on the toolbar icon \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset \lang english or select \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Graphics \family default from the menu. Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. The \family sans Graphics \family default tab allows you to choose your image file. The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling factor. The scaling units are explained in Appendix \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the tab \family sans Clipping \family default it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width of the image in the output. The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button \family sans Get \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset file \family default . The option \family sans Clip \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bounding \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box \family default will only print the image region within the given coordinates. Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore the tab \family sans Clipping \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX options \family default tab \SpecialChar LaTeX experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX options. In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX . The option \family sans Draft \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode \family default has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame with the image size is printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are in the text. This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/2D-intensity-plot.pdf scale 70 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put the image into a float, see section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Figure-Floats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection هيئات الصور \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout صور ! هيئات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Image-Formats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can insert images in any known file format. But as we explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset , every output document format allows only a few image formats. \SpecialChar LyX therefore uses the program \family typewriter ImageMagick \family default in the background to convert the images to the right format. To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background, use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Bitmap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. Well-known bitmap image formats are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Graphics Interchange Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (GIF, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .gif \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english GIF|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , \lang english \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PNG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .png \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english PNG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , \lang english and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (JPG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpeg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english JPG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Scalable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without data loss. The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because presentations are always scaled by the beamer. Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Scalable image formats can be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scalable Vector Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (SVG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .svg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english SVG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , \lang english \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (EPS, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .eps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english EPS|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , \lang english and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PDF, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .pdf \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english PDF \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english We say \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset can be \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the result will not be scalable. In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original image. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only \emph on vice versa \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إعدادات مجموعة الصور \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout صور ! إعدادات المجموعات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing group. Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in the same way. So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the need to manually change each of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A new group can be set by pressing the button \family sans Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset new \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset group \family default in the \family sans Graphics \family default dialog in the \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX options \family default tab. Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image and checking the name of the desired group. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الجداول \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout جداول \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Tables" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can insert a table using either the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "tabular-insert" \end_inset \lang english or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \family default . A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated from the rest of the table. This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above them. Here is an example table: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout أ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ج \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نافذة الجدول \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and then choosing \family sans More\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . This brings up the table dialog. Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the cursor is placed currently. Most of the dialog options also work on selections. This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is done on all of your selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In addition to the table dialog, the \family sans table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset toolbar \family default helps you in setting table properties. It appears if the cursor is inside a table. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the tab \family sans Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the current cell respectively. The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width is given. A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs of text, see section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Table-Cells" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell using the check box \family sans Multicolumn \family default or \family sans Multirow \family default . This will merge the cells to \emph on one \emph default cell, spread over more than one column/row. Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ألفا \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout بيتا \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout غاما \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout أ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ب \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ج \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout د \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4 \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX -arguments for the table. They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells, explained in the chapter \emph on Tables \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table. These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX but are visible in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Most DVI-viewers are \emph on not \emph default able to display rotations. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Borders \family default tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column. The button \family sans Default \family default adds lines for all cell borders. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الجداول متعددة-الصفحات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout جداول ! صفحات متعددة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout جداول متعددة الصفحات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset multi-page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset table \family default in the tab \family sans Multi-page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset table \family default of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages. Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english Header \family default : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable. Except for the first page, if \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english Footer \family default : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable, except for the last page, if \family sans Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer \family default is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer \family default : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. You can now insert there the table caption via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Caption \family default . More about multi-page table captions can be found in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also specify a row where the table is split. If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as \emph on empty \emph default . In this context, first means first in this order: \family sans Footer, Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer, \family default \family sans Header, \family default \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default ; see the following longtable to see how it works: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold مثال قائمة الهاتف (تجاهل الأسماء) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold الاسم \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold الهاتف. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold مثال قائمة الهاتف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold الاسم \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold الهاتف. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold استمر ... \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Annovi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Silvia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Stefano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Walter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giusi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Colin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Bernard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Concli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Carolina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Domenico \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Galletti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oreste \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franca \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Rizzardi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Lassini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Luciano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Valeriano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Erich \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paolo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111, 222 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Radina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Claudio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oskar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Ugo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Margit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Frieda \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vieider \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Hilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vigna \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Weber \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Winkler \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Annovi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Silvia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Stefano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Walter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giusi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Colin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Bernard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Concli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Carolina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Domenico \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Galletti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oreste \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franca \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Rizzardi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Lassini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Luciano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Valeriano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Erich \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paolo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555, 222 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Radina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Claudio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oskar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Ugo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Margit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Frieda \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vieider \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Hilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vigna \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 999 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Weber \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Winkler \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold النهاية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection خلايا الجدول \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout جداول ! خلايا \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Table-Cells" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like \family sans Section* \family default , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width for the column in the table dialog. Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \lang english \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 4 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english This is a multi-line entry in a table. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 5 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 6 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 7 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 8 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english This is a multi-line entry in a table. This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \lang english 9 \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. You can even cut and paste more than one row. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. \end_layout \end_inset Selection with the mouse or with \family sans Shift \family default plus the arrow keys works as usual. You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting the selection from outside the table. \end_layout \begin_layout Section التعويم \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تعويم \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Floats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مدخل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't have a fixed location. It can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. \family sans Footnotes \family default and \family sans Margin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Notes \family default are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are too many notes on the current page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace and pages without text. As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text. Floats are therefore numbered. Referencing is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To insert a float, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float \family default . A box with a caption will be inserted into your document. The label will automatically be translated to the document language in the output. After the label you can insert the caption text \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تعويم ! تعليق \end_layout \end_inset \lang english The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate paragraph within the float. To keep your \SpecialChar LyX -document readable, you can open and close the float box by left-clicking on the box label. A closed float box looks like this: \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/float.png scale 80 \end_inset \lang english – a gray button with a red label. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تعويم الرسم التوضيحي \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Figure-Floats" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تعويم ! تعويم صورة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:A-star-in" \end_inset was created using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float\SpecialChar menuseparator Figure \family default (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert figure" \end_inset \lang english ). The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Graphics \family default (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset \lang english ). The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor to the left or right of the image and using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/Star-structure.pdf lyxscale 60 width 50col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:A-star-in" \end_inset النجمة في التعويم. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label \family default (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset \lang english ) and refer to it using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset \lang english ). It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using vague references like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset the figure above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it might not be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at all. For more about cross-references, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:List-of-Figures" \end_inset . Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. You can also set the images one below the other. Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Undefinable" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Star" \end_inset are the subfigures. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Undefinable" \end_inset غير معين \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/3D-structure-distort.pdf lyxscale 60 width 45col% \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Star" \end_inset نجم \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/Star-structure.pdf lyxscale 60 width 45col% \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Two-images" \end_inset صورتين. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تعويم الجدول \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تعويم ! تعويم جدول \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard تعويم الجدول يمكن إدراجه باستخدام قائمة \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator تعويم\SpecialChar menuseparator جدول \family default أو زر \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert table" \end_inset في شريط الأدوات. وله نفس إعدادات تعويم الرسم التوضيحي باستثناء أن التعليق يكون فوق الجدول ولي تحته مثل تعليق الرسم التوضيحي ويبدأ التعليق بكلمة جدول \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-float" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Table-float" \end_inset تعويم الجدول. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ألفا \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout بيتا \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout غاما \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d \end{array}\right]$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection معلومات إضافية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تعويم ! تفاصيل \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats. It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float caption. All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter \emph on Floats \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section صناديق النصوص \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout صناديق النصوص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LaTeX provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called a minipage. Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset apply. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Box \family default . Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage and its alignment within the page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "30col%" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape italic This is a minipage. The text is set in an italic style. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape italic Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs another formatting. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard إذا وضعت صندوقين نصيين بجوار بعضهما، يمكنك استخدام \noun on ملء أفقي \noun default بينهما، شاهد القسم \lang english \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \strikeout off \xout off \uuline off \uwave off \noun off \color none \lang arabic_arabi \family default \series default \shape default \size default \emph default \bar default \strikeout default \xout default \uuline default \uwave default \noun default \color inherit . \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout عالمية العلم، عالمية العلم، عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout عالمية العلم، عالمية العلم، عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another box type. All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter \emph on Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter معادلات الرياضيات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout معادلات | أنظر \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Math \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Section محرر الرياضيات الأساسي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! أساسيات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-mode on" \end_inset \lang english (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-mode" \end_inset \lang english ). That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its corners. That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what level of nesting within the formula you are at. You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Math \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done with the \family sans math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset toolbar \family default , that appears if the cursor is in a formula. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas. Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This is a line with an inline formula \begin_inset Formula $A=B$ \end_inset in it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate paragraph, like this one: \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Formula \[ A=B \] \end_inset \lang english You can only number and reference displayed formulas. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX math commands. For example, typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold \backslash alpha \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ \end_inset . Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection جولة في المعادلات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! دولة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is achieved with the arrow keys. \SpecialChar LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted. The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. Pressing \family sans Space \family default will leave a formula construct (a square root \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ \end_inset , or parentheses \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ \end_inset , or a matrix \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 \end{array}\right]$ \end_inset ). Pressing \family sans Escape \family default will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. \family sans Tab \family default can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Space \family default , printed in this document as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between characters, but it does exit a nested structure. For this reason, you have to be careful about using \family sans Space \family default . For example, if you want \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ \end_inset , type \series bold \backslash sqrt \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset 2x+1 \series default and not \series bold \backslash sqrt \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset 2x \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset +1 \series default , since in the latter case only the \family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ \end_inset \family default will be under the square root sign: \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled in, such as: \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Formula \[ \left(\begin{array}{ccc} \lambda_{1}\\ & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n} \end{array}\right) \] \end_inset \lang english If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحديد النص \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can select text within a formula in two different ways. Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press \family sans Shift \family default and a cursor movement key to select text. It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula, but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection النص العلوي والسفلي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! نص علوي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! نص سفلي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-superscript" \end_inset \lang english and \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-subscript" \end_inset \lang english ), but it is often much easier to use a command. To get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset , type in a formula \series bold x^2 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset \series default . The final \family sans Space \family default puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression. If you type \series bold x^2y \series default , you will get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ \end_inset , to get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ \end_inset , type \series bold x^2 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset y \series default . If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the circumflex \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you have to use an extra \family sans Space \family default to separate the circumflex and the character. For example, if you want \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ \end_inset , type \series bold x^ \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset a \series default . Subscripts are similar: To get \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ \end_inset , type \series bold a_1 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الكسور \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! كسور \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Create a fraction either with the command \series bold \backslash frac \series default or by using the icon \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\frac" \end_inset \lang english in the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default . You will be presented with an empty fraction. The cursor is above the fraction line. To move it to the bottom, simply press \family sans Down \family default . To move back up, press \family sans Up \family default . Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5 \end{array}\right)}\right] \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الجذور \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! جذور \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard الجذور يمكن إدراجها باستخدام الزرين \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\sqrt" \end_inset أو \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\root" \end_inset ، أو الأمرين \series bold \backslash sqrt \series default أو \series bold \backslash root \series default . والفرق بينهما أن \series bold \backslash sqrt \series default خاص بالجذر التربيعي فقط، أما \series bold \backslash root \series default فهو لأي جذر. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection العمليات مع الحدود \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! جموع \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! تكاملات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Sum ( \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ \end_inset ) and integral ( \begin_inset Formula $\int$ \end_inset ) operators are very often decorated with limits. These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX by entering them as you would enter a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol. The sum operator will automatically place its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline formulas, as in \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ \end_inset , versus \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e \] \end_inset \lang english Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode. The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly behind the operator and using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Limits \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Type \family default or entering \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-limits" \end_inset \lang english . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Certain other mathematical expressions also have this \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset moving limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset feature, such as \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! حدود \end_layout \end_inset \lang english \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), \] \end_inset which will place the \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ \end_inset underneath the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset lim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in display mode. In inline formulas it looks like this: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro \series bold \backslash lim \series default . Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Functions" \end_inset for an explanation of function macros. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الرموز الرياضيات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! رموز \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Most math symbols can be found in the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default under one of several categories; including \family sans Greek \family default , \family sans Operators \family default , \family sans Relations \family default , \family sans Arrows \family default . There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX -command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you don't have to use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default ; you can type the command directly into the formula. \SpecialChar LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تغيير التباعد \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! مسافات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that \SpecialChar LaTeX provides. To do this, press \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \end_inset \lang english or use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\space" \end_inset \lang english . This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen. For example, the sequence \series bold a Ctrl+Space b \series default : \begin_inset Formula $a\,b$ \end_inset appears in \SpecialChar LyX as \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png \end_inset . \lang english You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind the space marker and enter space again several times. With every space enter the size will be changed. Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX , because they are negative spaces. Here are two examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english a Ctrl+Space b \series default and 3× \family sans Space \family default : \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english a Ctrl+Space b \series default and 5× \family sans Space \family default : \begin_inset Formula $a\!b$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الوظائف \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! وظائف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Functions" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default contains under the button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\functions" \end_inset \lang english a number of function macros, such as \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ \end_inset , \emph on etc \emph default . (you can also insert them in a formula by typing \series bold \backslash sin \series default etc.). Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to avoid confusions, because \begin_inset Formula $sin$ \end_inset does normally mean \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$ \end_inset is different from \begin_inset Formula $asinx$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts are placed, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection اللهجات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! لهجات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode. This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX commands, for example, to enter \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ \end_inset even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled. Our example is entered by typing \series bold \backslash hat \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset a \series default in a formula. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Accent-names-and" \end_inset shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Accent-names-and" \end_inset أسماء اللهجات والأوامر المقابلة لها. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout الاسم \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout الأمر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout مثال \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout circumflex \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash hat \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout grave \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash grave \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout acute \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash acute \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout umlaut \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash ddot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout tilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash tilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout dot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash dot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout breve \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash breve \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout caron \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash check \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout macron \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash bar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout vector \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash vec \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the \family sans Frame \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset decorations \family default symbol set button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\hat" \end_inset \lang english in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within a formula too. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الأقواس والمحددات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! أقواس \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! محددات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX . For some purposes, using just the keys \family typewriter []{}()|<> \family default should suffice. But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math toolbar delimiter icon \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_inset \lang english . For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 \end{array}\right] \] \end_inset it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses. Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_inset \lang english and the expression on the right was entered using the \family typewriter () \family default keys. \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is inside. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the left side and right side. If you use the option \family sans Keep \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset matched \family default , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX code. If you want one side not to have a bracket, use \family sans (none) \family default . It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside the brackets. Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans Insert \family default . The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and enter \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-delim ( )" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section المصفوفات والمعادلات متعددة الأسطر \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! مصفوفة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! مصفوفة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! معادلة متعددة الأسطر \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard المصفوفات يتم إدراجها في \SpecialChar LyX عن طريق الزر \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show mathmatrix" \end_inset في شريط الرياضيات. وسيتم فتح نافذة تسمح بتحديد عدد الصفوف والأعمدة. وهنا مثال: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left(\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9 \end{array}\right) \] \end_inset \lang english The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \end_inset . When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries will be left-, right-, or center-justified. This alignment is set in the box \family sans Horizontal \family default with the letters \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans l \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans r \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \SpecialChar LyX proposes a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for every column as default. For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans lcr \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter corresponds to the relevant column. The result will look like this: \begin_inset Formula \[ \begin{array}{lcr} this & this\,column & this\,column\\ column & has & has\,right\\ has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment \end{array}. \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english while the cursor is in the matrix. Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math \family default or the math toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. It can be created with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Cases \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Environment \family default or the command \series bold \backslash cases \series default . Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\begin{cases} -1 & x<0\\ 0 & x=0\\ 1 & x>0 \end{cases} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset Multi-line formulas are created when you press \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english within a formula. In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each column. When you press \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset = \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign is in the second column, and the rest in the third column. A new row is created by every further entry of \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset \lang english . Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\ a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared} \end{eqnarray} \end_inset Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures in this column will be printed in a smaller size: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} \end{eqnarray*} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The multi-line formula type described here is called \family typewriter \series medium eqnarray \family default \series default . There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations, for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:asquared" \end_inset . The other types are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section المعادلة المرقمة والعلامة المرجعية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! معادلة مرقمة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! معادلة مرجعية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Number \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Whole \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formula \family default or the shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset \lang english . The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX within parentheses. The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated. The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on the document class. In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number, separated by a dot: \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2 \end{equation} \end_inset Using \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset \lang english in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering. You can only number displayed formulas. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Number \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset This \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \family default or the shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-line-toggle" \end_inset \lang english will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} 1 & = & 3-2\\ 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ 4 & \leq & 7 \end{eqnarray} \end_inset To number all lines use the shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label. A label is inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label \family default (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset \lang english ) when the cursor is in the formula. This opens a dialog to enter the label. It is recommended that you use the suggested \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans eq: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label type when you have many labels in your document. We inserted in the following example the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset eq:tanhExp \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the second line: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} \end{eqnarray} \end_inset Every labeled line is automatically numbered. Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number. You can reference a labeled formula using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Reference \family default (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset \lang english ). A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to. The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output as the formula number: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This is a cross-reference to equation ( \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "eq:tanhExp" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The properties of \SpecialChar LyX 's cross-reference box are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and press \family sans Del \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english and we can replace the equation number with any text by \backslash tag and \backslash tag* which writing in the end of formula. \end_layout \begin_layout Section تعيين المستخدم لماكرو رياضي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! ماكرو \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you have equations of the same form in a document several times. Math macros are explained in section \emph on Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Macros \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section ضبط دقيق \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection المحارف \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! محارف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. To set a font in a formula, use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\font" \end_inset \lang english , or enter its command, listed in table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the" \end_inset , directly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Typefaces-and-the" \end_inset مظهر الخط والأمر الخاص به. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout الخط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout الأمر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathrm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathbf \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathtt \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathbb \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathfrak \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \emph on \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathcal \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathsf \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default You can only print capital letters in the typefaces \family sans Blackboard \family default and \family sans Calligraphic \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula. Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface. Pressing \family sans Space \family default within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected space when you need a space in the box. Here is an example where \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset N \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in \family sans Blackboard \family default denotes the set of numbers: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion. You can, for example, put a character in \family sans Fraktur \family default in a box for \family sans Typewriter \family default : \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset So it is better not to use this feature. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset You can only print them emboldened using the command \series bold \backslash boldsymbol \series default , which works like the other typeface commands: \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash boldsymbol \series default works for all symbols, letters, and numbers. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection النص الرياضي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! نص \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but not for text. For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using the entry \family sans Normal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode \family default of the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\font" \end_inset \lang english . Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX in black instead of blue. You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\begin{cases} x & \mbox{if I say so}\\ -x & \mbox{under Umständen} \end{cases} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection حجم الخط \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! حجم الخط \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations. These are called \family sans textstyle \family default , \family sans displaystyle \family default , \family sans scriptstyle \family default , and \family sans scriptscriptstyle \family default . For most characters, \family sans textstyle \family default and \family sans displaystyle \family default are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, and certain other structures, are set larger in \family sans displaystyle \family default . Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX thinks are appropriate. These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\style" \end_inset \lang english . A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure. For example, you can set \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ \end_inset , which is normally in \family sans textstyle \family default , larger in \family sans displaystyle \family default : \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ \end_inset . The four styles are used in the following example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset is set in a particular size with the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts will be adjusted to correspond. As an example here is a formula in the font size \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family roman \size largest \lang english \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section حزمة AMS \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات AMS \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! AMS \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS) that are in common use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تفعيل حزمة AMS \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in the document by selecting the checkbox \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english dialog under \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default . AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors in formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection أنواع معادلات حزمة AMS \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رياضيات ! معادلة متعددة الأسطر \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types. \SpecialChar LyX allows you to choose between \family typewriter align \family default , \family typewriter alignat \family default , \family typewriter flalign \family default , \family typewriter gather \family default , and \family typewriter multline \family default . We refer you to the AMS-documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "AMS" literal "true" \end_inset , for an explanation of these formula types. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter أدوات أخرى \end_layout \begin_layout Section إشارة مرجعية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إشارة مرجعية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english One of \SpecialChar LyX 's strengths is cross-references. You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in the document. To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it. The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference. We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate العنصر الأول \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "enu:Second-item" \end_inset العنصر الثاني \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate العنصر الثالث \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english First we insert a label into the second item with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label \family default or by pressing the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset \lang english . A gray label box like this: \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/label.png \end_inset \lang english is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. \SpecialChar LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu:Second-item \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset stands for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset enumerate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans sec: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset \lang english . A gray cross-reference box like this: \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/reference.png \end_inset \lang english is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels in the document. We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu:Second-item \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As an alternative to \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default , you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select \family sans Copy as Reference \family default . The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted to the actual cursor position via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paste \family default (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paste" \end_inset \lang english ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here is our cross-reference: Item \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:Second-item" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english It is recommended to use a protected space \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly line breaks between them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are eight formats of cross-references: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english : prints the number, this is the default \lang arabic_arabi : \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english (): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Equation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is omitted \lang arabic_arabi : \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:tanhExp" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english : prints the page number: Page \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand pageref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the text “on page” and the page number \lang arabic_arabi : \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vpageref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \lang english If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”; if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page, it prints “on the next page”. The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like \family sans \series bold \family default \series default ; otherwise it behaves like \family sans \series bold on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Formatted \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold prettyref \series default or \series bold refstyle \series default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english حزمة لتيك ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset \lang english instaled. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX -package should be used for this feature by setting the option \family sans Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references \family default in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class \family default . The package \series bold refstyle \series default is the default and preferred because \series bold prettyref \series default supports only English documents. The format is specified by using the command \series bold \backslash newrefformat \series default (prettyref) or \series bold \backslash newref \series default (refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble of the document. For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label shortcut \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans fig \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) can be done for \series bold refstyle \series default with this command: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page \backslash pageref{#1}}} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Note that neither \series bold prettyref \series default nor \series bold refstyle \series default predefines reference formats for all available types. This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem' environments. So if you want to make formatted references to, say, Propositions, then you will need to define the relevant format yourself. For \series bold prettyref \series default , you might do so as follows: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash newrefformat{prop}{Proposition \backslash ref{#1}} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset For more information about defining formatted references, have a look at the package documentation \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "prettyref,refstyle" literal "true" \end_inset . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \lang english The options \family sans Plural \family default and \family sans Capitalized \family default will be available with formatted references only if you are using the \series bold refstyle \series default package. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Textual \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference \lang arabic_arabi : \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand nameref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset only: prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX label for the reference \lang arabic_arabi : \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand labelonly reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \lang english This allows for customization, using \SpecialChar TeX Code, if you want to issue a command that \SpecialChar LyX does not support. If you are using \series bold refstyle \series default , then you may want to use the \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Prefix \family default option, which will output only the part of the reference following the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset separator. This is the form needed for e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \series bold refstyle \series default 's range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX . The varieties are adjusted in the field \family sans Format \family default of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen ce. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can only use the style \family sans \family default to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style \family sans \family default is always possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in it. Referencing formulas is explained in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu. The entry \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Label \family default sets the cursor before the referenced label. This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Back \family default so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference. You can also go back with the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can change labels at any time. References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you do not need to think about this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX “BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead of the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english References are described in detail in the section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \emph on Referencing Floats \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section جدول المحتويات والقوائم الأخرى \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout جدول المحتويات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout استكشاف ! خلاصة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خلاصة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:toc" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection جدول المحتويات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Table-of-Contents" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Contents \family default . It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX as a gray box. If you click on it, the \family sans Outline \family default window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you to move and rearrange sections in your documents. So this operation is an alternative to the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Outline \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pane \family default that is described in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-Outliner" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. Section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_inset describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are listed in the TOC. Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection قائمة الصور، الجداول، اللوغاريتمات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:List-of-Figures" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. You can insert them via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/TOC \family default submenus. The list entries are the float captions and the float number. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الروابط والروابط التشعبية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout روابط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout روابط تشعبية \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الروابط \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:URLs" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator URL \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX 's homepage \lang arabic_arabi : \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.lyx.org \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be in the style \family typewriter Typewriter \family default . To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next subsection. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الروابط التشعبية \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Hyperlinks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Hyperlink \family default or with the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "href-insert" \end_inset \lang english . The appearing dialog has two fields: \family sans Target \family default and \family sans Name \family default . The name is the printed text for the hyperlink. The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this \lang arabic_arabi : \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "LyX's homepage" target "https://www.lyx.org" literal "false" \end_inset , \lang english an Email address like this: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "lyx-docs mailing list" target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation" type "mailto:" literal "false" \end_inset , or a link to a file. The option \family sans Literal \family default in the hyperlink settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX code to the \family sans Name \family default field. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by adding the prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans run: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to the link target. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output, and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output. To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use the text style dialog. This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: \family sans \series bold \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "LyX's homepage" target "https://www.lyx.org" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The link text color can be changed, when the option \family sans Color links \family default is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF Properties \family default ). The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the option \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold urlcolor=blue \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset to the field \family sans Additional options \family default in the PDF Properties dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الملاحق \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الملاحق \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Appendices" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Appendices are created with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Start \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Here \family default . This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end as the appendix part of the book. This part is marked with a red borderline. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix, numbered with a capital Latin letter. The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot and the subsection number. All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections, here two examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Credits" \end_inset ; Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section ثبت المراجع \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ثبت المراجع \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX document. You can include a bibliography database, which is explained in sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset , or you can insert the bibliography manually, using the paragraph environment \family sans Bibliography \family default , which is described in the following section (but see also sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Biblio_environment" \end_inset ). If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in this document, such as author-year citations, and if you have more than a handful of references, then you should seriously consider \emph on \emph default using a bibliography database. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches, we use two bibliographies in this document, a \family sans Bibliography \family default environment and a database-generated bibliography. As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists only the database entries that are referenced in the document. In other words, the database approach relieves you, amongst other things, from the burden to check which entries you have actually cited. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection بيئة ثبت المراجع \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Within the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled with a number. If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a \family sans Key \family default and a \family sans Label \family default . The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography entry. Each entry needs to be given a unique key, which is one word consisting of ASCII characters only. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english ASCII means \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "this set" target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set" literal "false" \end_inset of characters: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII \backslash #Character_set \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX and we used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , a short form of its title, as the key. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you set a \family sans Label \family default for the entry, references to it will appear with this label instead of the number of the entry. The option \family sans Literal \family default in the bibliography items settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX code to the \family sans Label \family default field. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Citation \family default or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" \end_inset \lang english . A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear containing the available citations. Select one or more keys from the list and \family sans Add \family default them. Then press \family sans OK \family default . The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s). If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the bibliography entry with surrounding brackets. Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Credits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Have a look at the \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX Companion Second Edition \family default : \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion" literal "true" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \SpecialChar LyX -Team members are listed in the Credits: \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "lyxcredit" literal "true" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also produce author-year or author-number citations, using the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! natbib \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english In order to do so, the label needs to be given the form \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Author(Year) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Author A and Author B(Year) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on without \emph default a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits the year. Then, if you select \family sans Natbib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) \family default in the document settings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english dialog under \family sans Bibliography\SpecialChar menuseparator Style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Citation-Format" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ), you can select between different author-year or author-number styles. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest label via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default (toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset \lang english ). All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection قاعدة بيانات ثبت المراجع \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ثبت المراجع ! قاعدة البيانات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different documents. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning them. Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations and reviews along with bibliographical information. \end_layout \end_inset It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography entries. You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of your working field in a database. This database can be used for different documents, and by default only the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for that document. This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books you have cited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The database is a text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .bib \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , containing the bibliography in a special format. The format is explained in \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "BibTeX-2" literal "true" \end_inset \lang english and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX books ( \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" literal "true" \end_inset ). The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a special program to create and edit the entries in the database. A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX Wiki at \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX supports two different approaches to use bibliography databases in a document. Bib\SpecialChar TeX is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases for a long time. It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing styles available. But it has its drawbacks, especially when it comes to more complex bibliographi c needs and support for specific languages and scripts. Those are addressed by \series bold \lang arabic_arabi biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english It reads the same database format than Bib\SpecialChar TeX (although it has been significantly extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX 's scope) \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Meaning: While \noun on Biblatex \noun default can handle any classic Bib\SpecialChar TeX database, Bib\SpecialChar TeX might conversely fail to correctly handle databases that use specific \noun on Biblatex \noun default features. \end_layout \end_inset , but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references from it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To select if Bib\SpecialChar TeX or \series bold biblatex \series default should be used, set in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default ) \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english under \family sans Bibliography \family default the \family sans Style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default to a Bib\SpecialChar TeX or a \family sans Biblatex \family default format. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bib\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ثبت المراجع ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To access a database via Bib\SpecialChar TeX , use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List \family default / \family sans TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator Bib(la)TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bibliography \family default . A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select a Bib\SpecialChar TeX \family sans style \family default file. The option \family sans Add bibliography to TOC \family default adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography. In the \family sans Content \family default drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database in the document or just the cited references. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The Bib\SpecialChar TeX style file is a text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .bst \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset that controls how the bibliography entries will appear. Your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the layout. It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something for experts. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english For information on how this is done, have a look at \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset In this document we used the Bib\SpecialChar TeX style \family sans alphadin.bst \family default , which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards Institute (DIN). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Biblatex \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ثبت المراجع ! Biblatex \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Accessing a database via \series bold biblatex \series default is almost identical to Bib\SpecialChar TeX : Use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List \family default / \family sans TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator Bib(la)TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bibliography \family default . In contrary to Bib\SpecialChar TeX you cannot select a \family sans style \family default file. The other dialog options are the same as with Bib\SpecialChar TeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english biblatex \series default has two different style files: a bibliography style file (text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .bbx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style file (text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .cbx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) controls the look of the citation references in the text. Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching styles. It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english biblatex \series default styles are not set in the \family sans Bib(la)TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bibliography \family default dialog, but in the document settings \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english However, in the dialog in the \family sans Options \family default field, which is only visible if you use \series bold biblatex \series default , you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for example how its heading will appear). These options are deescribed in detail in the \series bold biblatex \series default manual, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Biblatex" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserting a citation reference works as described in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection معالجة ثبت المراجع \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX uses a bibliography processor, that is an external program that reads the database, sorts the citations and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document. The classic program is called Bib\SpecialChar TeX . It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread, but the disadvantag e that it has severe limitations, due to its age. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Meanwhile, some alternatives have been developed that address some of these limitations. LyX natively supports some of them and lets you select a custom processor. You can do this on a general level in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default or for individual documents in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Bibliography \family default . The following variants are available by default: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english biber a specific, modern processor \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! biber \end_layout \end_inset \lang english developed exclusively for \series bold biblatex \series default (it does not work with Bib\SpecialChar TeX !). \series bold biber \series default provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory and many specific features \series bold biblatex \series default makes use of; if you use the \series bold biblatex \series default approach, it is strongly recommended to use \series bold biber \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works with all bibliography packages, although it will probably fail with \series bold biblatex \series default bibliographies due to the limited memory. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding (but no Unicode support), larger memory than \family sans bibtex \family default , works with all bibliography packages, although more complex \series bold biblatex \series default bibliographies will exceed its limits, and not all \series bold biblatex \series default features are supported. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By default (with the \family sans Processor \family default set in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Bibliography \family default and with \family sans Automatic \family default as setting for the \family sans Processor \family default in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default ), \SpecialChar LyX selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography approach ( \series bold biber \series default for \series bold biblatex \series default , \family sans bibtex \family default for Bib\SpecialChar TeX -based bibliography styles). This should suit most needs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In Japanese documents, a specific processor is used. By default this is pBib\SpecialChar TeX (in \SpecialChar LyX \family sans pbibtex \family default ), a Bib\SpecialChar TeX variant specifically aimed at Japanese. You can adjust it in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you can add below the selection. Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual of Bib\SpecialChar TeX or \lang arabic_arabi \series bold biber \series default , \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "BibTeX,biber" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection التخصيص \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple bibliographies. These are explained in detail in section \emph on Customizing Bibliographies \emph default \emph on with Bib\SpecialChar TeX or Biblatex \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection هيئة الاستشهاد \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ثبت المراجع ! هيئة الاستشهاد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Citation-Format" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Many different citation formats are common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset numerical citation (as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset like in this document), alpha-numerical citations (as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Mil08 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) or author-year citations (as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Miller (2008a) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \SpecialChar LyX supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style files. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By default a simple numeric citation style is used. In \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Bibliography \family default \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english you have a range of other options, depending on your preferred bibliography approach. With the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography labels, is there to use \family sans Natbib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) \family default \series bold \series default as \family sans Style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default which gives you author-year and author-numerical citations (see above \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment" \end_inset for details). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With a bibliography database (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ) one has in contrary to the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment full access to the formatting styles. These style formats are available: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Basic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) the default Bib\SpecialChar TeX -based approached without any additional packages (simple numeric citations). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Biblatex loads the package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset \lang english and lets you select a style in the dropdown boxes \family sans Biblatex citation style \family default and \family sans Biblatex bibliography style \family default below. Options to the package \series bold biblatex \series default can be entered in the \family sans Options \family default field. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Biblatex \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (natbib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode) loads the package \series bold biblatex \series default with the natbib compatibility mode. This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that uses \series bold natbib \series default or want to emulate \family sans the \family default \series bold natbib \series default behavior very closely. Compared to normal \family sans Biblatex \family default this option has some additional styles. All \series bold biblatex \series default styles are also supported by this variant. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Jurabib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) loads the package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold jurabib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! jurabib \end_layout \end_inset \lang english which provides author-year styles particularly suited for law studies. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Natbib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) loads the package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! natbib \end_layout \end_inset \lang english which provides citation styles particularly suited for the humanities. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Biblatex \family default and \family sans Natbib \family default style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical citation styles. You have to select one style in the dropdown box \family sans Variant \family default . Note that for the \family sans Biblatex \family default formats, this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX workarea. Whether the output uses numerical, author-year or another format such as alpha-numerical depends only on the selected \family sans Biblatex citation style \family default . However, when switching between Author-year and Author-number, a suitable style is proposed. With \family sans Natbib \family default , on the other hand, the dialog selection will ultimately determine the style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For any author-year and author-numerical selection, multiple style variants are available in the \family sans Citation \family default dialog. Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase a name prefix such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset van Beethoven \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Van Beethoven \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) or to expand or reduce the number of displayed others (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset use or don't use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset et al. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation reference, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset page numbers, which will then be formatted according to the style's needs (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset with or without \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pp. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). The option \family sans Literal \family default in the citation dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX code to the fields \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset before \family default and \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset after \family default . Here is a simple example where the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appears after the reference: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \lang english Have a look at \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite after "Chapter 3" key "latexcompanion" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english All styles except for \family sans Basic (BibTeX) \family default also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cf. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). This text is then also included in the parentheses, if the style requires this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that these pre- and postnotes apply to the whole citation. So if you refer to multiple references at once, the prenote will precede the first citation in the list, the postnote will follow the last. Some \family sans Biblatex \family default styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a multi-citation (so-called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset qualified citation lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \SpecialChar LyX supports this. If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple items the \family sans Citation \family default dialog will display three columns in the field \family sans Selected Citations \family default : \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset before \family default , \family sans Cite \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset key \family default and \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset after \family default . If you double-click on an item's \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset before \family default or \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset after \family default field, you can add such individual pre- and postnotes. In the \family sans General text before \family default and \family sans General text after \family default fields you can add pre- and postnotes that apply to the whole list. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الفهرس \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إنتاج فهرس \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Index" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english An index entry is created if you use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \family default or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "index-insert" \end_inset \lang english . A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed by \SpecialChar LyX as the index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The index list is inserted in the document with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \family default . A light blue box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Index \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will show the place where the index is printed in the output. The index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX -boxes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. For a detailed description of \SpecialChar LaTeX 's index mechanism, have a look at one of the \SpecialChar LaTeX books \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تجميع مداخل الفهرس \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فهرس ! تجميع \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the index. We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated lists under the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . First we create the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Lists" \end_inset . In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Itemize" \end_inset , we insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english Lists ! Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english and the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english Lists ! Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english for the enumerated list in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Enumerate" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The exclamation mark \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset marks the grouping levels. You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more. An index entry for the higher levels is not required. If we don't have an index entry for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مدى صفحات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فهرس ! مدى صفحات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed section. But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. For example, if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english Paragraph environments|( \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english and another entry at the end of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LyX-Code" \end_inset with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english Paragraph environments|) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The commands \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |( \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |) \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset respectively start and end the index range. You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of the pages of the indexed document parts. An example is the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Document ! Settings \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إشارة مرجعية \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فهرس ! إشارة مرجعية \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english It is also possible to refer to another index entry. We referred for example in the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset GIF \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Image-Formats" \end_inset ) to the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the same section using the entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english GIF|see{Image formats} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX Code. The text within the braces is the referenced entry. The reference will appear in the output without a page number. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ترتيب مدخل الفهرس \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فهرس ! ترتيب مدخل \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not follow the rules for the index order. The index entries are sorted alphabetically but \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset does not know how to sort accents in different languages. We have created as an example the three dummy index entries \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maison \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maïs \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maître \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مدخل مجسم ! الفا \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مخل مجسم ! بيتا \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مدخل مجسم ! الفا@غاما \end_layout \end_inset \lang english They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order maïs, maison, maître. To achieve this, we use the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english previous entry@current entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In our case we want to have \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maison \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset after \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maïs \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and write therefore for the index entry of maison: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english maïs@maison \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The previous entry need not be a real existing entry. You can also use another word to tell \SpecialChar LaTeX the entry order. See the next subsection for an example. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نسق مدخل الفهرس \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فهرس ! نسق مدخل \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مدخل مجسم ! \shape italic هذا مدخل مجسم إيطالي \end_layout \end_inset \lang english You can also format the page number using the character \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX -command without a backslash. We can write for example \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold رقم صفحة إيطالي:|textit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english to get the page number in italic. \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مدخل مجسم ! ترقيم صفحة إيطالي :|textit \end_layout \end_inset \lang english Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |command \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means \series bold \backslash command{page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset number} \series default . Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX -syntax. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program \family sans makeindex \family default to generate the index, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset . If you use \family sans xindy \family default , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text. This is because \family sans xindy \family default requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite after "p. 678 ff." key "latexcompanion" literal "true" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown above. Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. If so, put the following in the preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash IndexDef}[1]{ \backslash textit{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard واكتب \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english my entry|IndexDef \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english in the index entry \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef \end_layout \end_inset \lang english The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also change the layout for the whole index. For example, we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font for all index entries. For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called \emph on Index Style File \emph default , see the \family sans makeindex \family default or \family sans xindy \family default documentation for details, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "makeindex,xindy" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection برنامج الفهرسة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فهرس ! برنامج \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If the index generation program \family sans xindy \family default is installed, \SpecialChar LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program \family sans makeindex \family default , the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution, is used. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Makeindex \family default is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably that it was developed with only the English language in mind. So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. We have shown above how to fix this sorting. However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider to use \family sans xindy \family default . \end_layout \end_inset Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset . The available options are listed and explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "makeindex-man,xindy" literal "true" \end_inset . In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate the index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash or the options in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Indexes \family default . This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الفهارس المتعددة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In many fields it is common to have more than one index. For instance, you might need to set up a separate \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Index of Names \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset next to the standard index. \SpecialChar LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages that add this feature. \SpecialChar LyX uses the \lang arabic_arabi \series bold splitidx \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! splitidx \end_layout \end_inset \lang english package to generate multiple indexes. The package is included in all recent \SpecialChar LaTeX distributions. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english If yours does not ship it, consult the \SpecialChar TeX catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset . Note that the package does not only consist of a \SpecialChar LaTeX style, but it also includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. Please consult the package's manual for details. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To set up \SpecialChar LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Indexes \family default and select the option \family sans Use multiple Indexes \family default . Note that the list \family sans Available Indexes \family default already contains the standard index \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Index \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should also appear as a heading) to the \family sans New \family default input field and press the \family sans Add \family default button. The new index now also appears in the list. If you like, you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX label color to the new index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index list in \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/TOC \family default and the \family sans Insert \family default menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes. The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there are additional features: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a \family sans Subindex \family default . If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested to the non-subindexes. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english The option \family sans Literal \family default allows to use \SpecialChar TeX code in the name of the index. \end_layout \begin_layout Section المصطلحات/قاموس الكلمات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مصطلح \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قاموس|أنظر \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset مصطلح \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or glossary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold nomencl \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! nomencl \end_layout \end_inset \lang english installed. You find it in the \SpecialChar TeX catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry and then use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator \family default N \family sans omenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \family default or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "nomencl-insert" \end_inset \lang english . A gray box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Nom \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries. The first is the term or \family sans Symbol \family default that you wish to define. The second is the \family sans Description \family default of the term or symbol. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default To use \SpecialChar TeX code for nomenclature entries the option \family sans Literal \family default in the nomenclature dialog has to be used. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نسق وتعريف المصطلح \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مصطلح ! نسق \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the \family sans Symbol \family default field as \SpecialChar LaTeX formulas. For example to get \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , insert this: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold $ \backslash sigma$ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series default The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset $ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset character starts/ends the formula. The \SpecialChar LaTeX -command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with a backslash \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter, like \series bold \backslash Sigma \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english (A short introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX syntax is given in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset .) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You cannot use the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog to format the description text; you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in this document is: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold dummy entry for the character \backslash textsf{sigma} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The command \series bold \backslash textsf \series default sets the fonts to \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default . To get \series bold bold \series default font use the command \series bold \backslash textbf \series default , for \family typewriter typewriter \family default use \series bold \backslash texttt \series default , for \emph on emphasized \emph default use \series bold \backslash emph \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To customize the appearance of all symbols add e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the command \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash nomlabel}[1]{ \backslash textsf{ \backslash textbf{#1}}} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset to the LaTeX preamble in the document settings. This command will make the font of all symbols \series bold bold \series default and \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If the characters | \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset , \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset ! \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset , @ and \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset " \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset should appear in nomenclature entries containing \SpecialChar TeX code they need to be escaped by adding a quote character in front of them. \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\"" description "The quote sign in TeX code is output by writing ' \"\" '." literal "true" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فرز وترتيب المصطلحات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مصطلح ! فرز وترتيب \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -code of the symbol definition. This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in formulas. Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols \emph on a \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "a" description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"" literal "false" \end_inset \emph default and \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature prefix "sigma" symbol "$\\sigma$" description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}" literal "true" \end_inset . They will be sorted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter $ \backslash sigma$ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset – the \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset will be sorted before the \emph on a \emph default since the character \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset $ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is considered in sorting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To control the sort order, you can edit the \family sans Sort \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset as \family default field of the nomenclature dialog. Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol definition. For the example given, you can insert \family typewriter sigma \family default in this field for the \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset , then \emph on a \emph default will be located before \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the \series bold nomencl \series default documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "nomencl" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection خيارات المصطلحات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مصطلح ! خيارات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Nomenclature-Options" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \series bold nomencl \series default package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature. Here are some of its options; for more have a look at its documentation: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english refeq Appends the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans , see equation ( \emph on eq \emph default ) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to every nomenclature entry, where \family sans \emph on eq \family default \emph default is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english refpage Appends the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans , page ( \emph on page \emph default ) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to every nomenclature entry, where \family sans \emph on page \family default \emph default is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document class options list in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. In this document the options \series bold refpage, intoc \series default are used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the \family sans Description \family default field in the nomenclature dialog: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \backslash nomrefeq Like the \series bold refeq \series default option \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \backslash nomrefpage Like the \series bold refpage \series default option \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \backslash nomrefeqpage Short notation of \series bold \backslash nomrefeq \backslash nomrefpage \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \backslash nomnorefeq, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \backslash nomnorefpage, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \backslash nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Words like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are automatically translated for most document languages. If not, add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX code: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \series bold \lang english \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash eqdeclaration}[1]{ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \size small \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \size default \backslash unskip, see equation \backslash nobreakspace(#1)} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash pagedeclaration}[1]{ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \size small \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \size default \backslash unskip, page \backslash nobreakspace{}#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If the numbers should be hyperlinks, assure that you use \family sans Hyperref \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Support \family default in the document settings under \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Properties \family default and use instead: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash eqdeclaration}[1]{ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \backslash unskip, see \backslash hyperlink{equation.#1}{equation \backslash nobreakspace{}(#1)}} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash pagedeclaration}[1]{ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \backslash unskip, \backslash hyperlink{page.#1}{page \backslash nobreakspace{}#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection طباعة المصطلحات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مصطلح ! طباعة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To print the nomenclature, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Lists/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator Nomenclature \family default . A box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Nomenclature \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output. By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered. You can choose between these settings: \end_layout \begin_layout Description افتراضي المسافة المستخدمة 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm \end_layout \begin_layout Description عرض \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ملصق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset طويل the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used \end_layout \begin_layout Description مخصص مسافة مخصصة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Nomenclature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the command \series bold \backslash nomname \series default in the preamble. For example, in order to change the name to \emph on List of Symbols \emph default , add the following line to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash AtBeginDocument{ \backslash addto \backslash captionsenglish{ \backslash def \backslash nomname{List of Symbols}}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When you are using another document language than English, replace \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash captionsenglish \series default by \series bold \backslash extras*** \series default , where *** is the name of the language used. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection برنامج المصطلحات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مصطلح ! برنامج \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Nomenclature-Program" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX uses the program \family sans makeindex \family default , that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature. \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control \family sans makeindex \family default by adding options, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset . The available options are listed and explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "nomencl,makeindex" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section الفروع \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فروع \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! فروع \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Branches" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output. For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For these cases \SpecialChar LyX allows you to put text into branches. The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated. To create a branch, either select the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator Insert New Branch \family default (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog to \family sans Branches \family default , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not), its background color inside \SpecialChar LyX and whether the name of the branch should be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active (see below for an example). Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch to the name of the other) and to add \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unknown branches \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents , without having been defined) to the document's branch list. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes. These boxes are inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Branch \family default where you can choose a branch. You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking on them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Branch Question inverted 0 status open \begin_layout Standard \series bold سؤال: \series default من هو أول فيزيائي يفوز بجازة نوبل؟ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Branch Answer inverted 0 status open \begin_layout Standard \series bold الاجابة: \series default وليام كونراد رونتجن. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you activate \family sans Filename Suffix \family default in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Branches \family default , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export. Consider for example a file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam.lyx \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which has the above branches. If \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Filename Suffix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is active, the PDF export file would be called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if both the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch were inactive, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Question.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if only the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch was active, likewise \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Answer.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if only the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch was active, and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Question-Answer.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if both branches were active. This helps you to export different versions of your document easily. \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are also inverted branch insets, whose content is output just in case the branch is \emph on not \emph default activated. This make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document. To control whether a particular inset is inverted, right-click on the inset button and choose \family sans Invert \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Inset \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Branch Answer inverted 1 status open \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english No answer: \series default Because the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch is deactivated. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets, like inside equations, you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX definitions for each branch. For example you can define for the question branch \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english For an introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX -syntax, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english and for the answer branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Branch Question inverted 0 status open \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Branch Answer inverted 0 status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{#1} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Now it is possible to use the \series bold \backslash question{\SpecialChar ldots } \series default and \series bold \backslash answer{\SpecialChar ldots } \series default commands to obtain conditional output. Here is an example formula where only the \series bold \backslash question \series default part appears: \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Formula \[ x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}. \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout files (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own \SpecialChar LaTeX commands.). For this advanced usage, see the \emph on Customization \emph default manual, section \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Section خيارات PDF \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خيارات PDF \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF Properties \family default dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your document. All these options are provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! hyperref \end_layout \end_inset \lang english which will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output. This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced part of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The header information in the dialog tab \family sans General \family default is saved together with the PDF as file properties. Many programs are able to extract this information, for example, automatically to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. This is very useful to sort, classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues. When the option \family sans Automatically \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fill \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default is set, \SpecialChar LyX tries to extract the header information from your document title and author entries. The option \family sans Load \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fullscreen \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode \family default will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can specify in the dialog tab \family sans Hyperlinks \family default how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences are created. The \family sans Break \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset over \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset lines \family default option allows long links to be split; \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset frames \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset around \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default and \family sans Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames; \family sans Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default colors the different links. The default colors are: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \color magenta magenta \color inherit للروابط والروابط التشعبية \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \color red red \color inherit للروابط \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \color green green \color inherit للاستشهادات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english but you can change these in the field \family sans Additional options \family default . For example, in this document they were changed with the additional options: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If the option \family sans Backreferences \family default is set, the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different entries, showing, depending on the option selected, the number of the section, slide or page where the entry is referenced. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the dialog tab \family sans Bookmarks \family default you can specify if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections or not. With the \family sans Open bookmarks \family default \family sans Level \family default you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF. For example level \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 will only display the sections. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english PDF properties are also used in this document. When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional \series bold hyperref \series default options are used. For an explanation of all them we refer you to the hyperref manual \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "hyperref" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section كود تيك وتراكيب لتيك \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:TeX-Code-1" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection صندوق كود تيك \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout كود تيك \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As \SpecialChar LyX uses \SpecialChar LaTeX in the background, it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX commands and constructs, but not all. \SpecialChar LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands. All the time packages are being updated and new ones added. This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there is a \SpecialChar LaTeX -package for every problem, though \SpecialChar LyX cannot support all packages and their commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english But don't worry, you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX -command directly in \SpecialChar LyX inside the \SpecialChar TeX Code box. A \SpecialChar TeX Code box is created by the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \family default or by the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset \lang english (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset \lang english ). The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on it and selecting \family sans Close Inset \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can insert complete or incomplete commands as \SpecialChar TeX Code. Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX text. For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english The LyX way would be to use a framed box. \end_layout \end_inset and are therefore using the \SpecialChar LaTeX -command \series bold \backslash fbox \series default , you can write the command part \series bold \backslash fbox{ \series default in a \SpecialChar TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace \series bold } \series default in a second \SpecialChar TeX Code box behind the word. The word between the two \SpecialChar TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the following example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ERT.png scale 95 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english gives \end_layout \begin_layout Standard هذا \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash fbox{ \end_layout \end_inset إطار \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset كلمة. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default At the end of \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands without parameters, you have to insert a space to let \SpecialChar LaTeX know that the command is finished. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مدخل قصير لتراكيب لتيك \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تراكيب لتيك \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تركيب لتيك \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something about the \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands that \SpecialChar LyX uses in the background. Because \SpecialChar LaTeX is based on commands, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset program \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset your text. This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at any time if you know the right commands. For example, imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the end of the day. Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have all caption labels bold. But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels in your manual. Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one day. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Now \SpecialChar LaTeX comes into play. As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX -package. First you have to find out which and therefore look in the \SpecialChar LaTeX package database, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Catalogue" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english As result you find that the package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold caption \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! caption \end_layout \end_inset \lang english is what you need. To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \SpecialChar menuseparator \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default ) with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash usepackage[options]{package name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english All \SpecialChar LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within two braces and the options are set within two brackets. Note that not all commands have an argument and options. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In your case the package name is \series bold caption \series default . After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option \series bold labelfont=bf \series default will change the font of all caption labels to bold. So you add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english to the preamble and the problem is solved. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english For more commands provided by the \series bold caption \series default package, have a look at its documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "caption" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems like your case. For example if you use a \family sans KOMA-Script \family default class, you don't need the package \series bold caption \series default , you can instead write \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash setkomafont{captionlabel}{ \backslash bfseries} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english in the preamble and the problem is solved. So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the documentation of the document class you want to use. ( \series bold \backslash setkomafont \series default is an example of a command with more than one argument.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command argument. To insert a \SpecialChar LaTeX -command in text, use the \SpecialChar TeX Code box as described in the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you want to learn more about \SpecialChar LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX -books \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Newpage clearpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash pagestyle{fancy} \end_layout \end_inset \lang english \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Left Header \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rightmark \end_layout \end_inset \lang english \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english defines the header line as described below \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Center Header \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Right Header \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash leftmark \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Left Footer \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thepage \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Center Footer \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series bold \color red \lang english \SpecialChar LyX 's user guide \end_layout \end_inset كود سحري: \lang english \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Right Footer \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash Roman{page} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section تخصيص رأس وتذييل الصفحات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! سطر رأس/تذييل \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout سطر رأس/تذييل \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need to set the \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default to \family sans Fancy \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog under \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default . As a second step add in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules \family default the module \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Custom Header/Footerlines \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This module offers the following 6 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english for the different positions in the header/footer. These environments can be selected in the environment pull-down box. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document. But you can change them anywhere you want to. Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Page-layout" \end_inset shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement h wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout رأس أيسر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout رأس أوسط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout رأس أيمن \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout The normal text on the page goes here. The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including footnotes). Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of the chapter, company logo but you can use almost anything, except of floats. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout تذييل ايسر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout تذييل أوسط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout تذييل أيمن \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Page-layout" \end_inset نسق الصفحة مع تخصيص الرأس والتذييل. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note \series default : some document classes implement their own customized page headers and footers if \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default is set to “Default”. Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers and footers. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection التعريف \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To define your header line, add all three header environments. The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages, the things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages. For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and can be omitted. If you leave a header environment or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output. Defining the footer line works similarly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For the definition, you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands that are inserted as \SpecialChar TeX code (menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \family default ): \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash thepage طباعة رقم الصفحة الحالية \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash Roman{page} طبعة رقم الصفحة الحالية على شكل أرقام رومانية كبيرة \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash roman{page} طبعة رقم الصفحة الحالية على شكل أرقام رومانية صغيرة \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \backslash leftmark prints the current section number and title. If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and title instead. It is called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset leftmark \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset because it usually goes in a left header. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \backslash rightmark prints the current subsection number and title. If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and title instead. It is normally used in the right header. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الرأس/التذييل الافتراضي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The custom header/footer is not empty by default. The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center footer has the page number. In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank. So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank \family sans Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \family default style. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection المظهر \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The header and footer will appear on normal pages. Some pages are different. The title page has a header/footer environment of its own, and so does any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book. Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal. There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection خط الزخرفة في الرأس والتذييل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By default, you get a 0.4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt thick line below the header and no footer line. This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands \series bold \backslash headrulewidth \series default and \series bold \backslash footrulewidth \series default in the following way: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash headrulewidth}{thickness} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english where thickness is a size in standard units like \family sans \emph on pt \family default \emph default or \family sans \emph on mm \family default \emph default . If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX . If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4.4 of the book \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Mittelbach" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection عدة أسطر في الرأس والتذييل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition. However, the default height of the header/footer is only the height of one text line. To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX length \series bold \backslash headheight \series default or \series bold \backslash footheight \series default with this entry in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash setlength{ \backslash headheight}{height} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english where \series bold height \series default is a size in standard units (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \series bold 1cm \series default ). If you don't know how much space is needed for the height, define your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF. Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX logfile with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Log \family default and use the button \family sans Next \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Warning \family default to see if you can find a warning about the package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least for your header/footer. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection هذا المثال \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers. Don't use it for your document as it is just an example. This example consists of the following definition: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \series bold \backslash rightmark \series default , empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header empty, empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header empty, \series bold \backslash leftmark \series default in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer empty, \series bold \backslash thepage \series default in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \family sans \series bold \color red \SpecialChar LyX 's user guide \family default \series default \color inherit , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Magic code: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \series bold \backslash Roman{page} \series default , empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english \backslash headrulewidth set to 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats. For more specialized features, for example, thumb-indexes, see the manual of the \series bold fancyhdr \series default package, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "fancyhdr" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Newpage clearpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash pagestyle{headings} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english switches back to page style with the default headings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section استعراض مقتطفات من مستندك \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout استعراض مقتطف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! استعراض \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having to break your train of thought with viewing the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection المتطلبات الأساسية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To get previews working, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold preview-latex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! preview-latex \end_layout \end_inset \lang english (on some systems named simply \series bold preview \series default ) installed. If it is not already installed, you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX -catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. You obtain prettier results if you install the program \family typewriter pnmcrop \family default from the \family typewriter netpbm \family default package; for \SpecialChar LyX on Windows this program and also the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package are automatically installed together with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تفعيل الاستعراض \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you would for example like to see in \SpecialChar LyX your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX , activate the option \family sans Display \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Graphics \family default in the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default dialog under \family sans Look \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel\SpecialChar menuseparator Display \family default . Then set \family sans Instant \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preview \family default to \family sans On \family default . The \family sans Preview \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Size \family default is the multiplication factor for the size. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX , set \family sans Instant \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preview \family default to \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Previews are generated when you load a document into \SpecialChar LyX and when you finish editing an inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately generated by activating the option \family sans Display \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Graphics \family default . Reopening the document will fix such problems. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحديد أجزاء المستند \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview, for example things that \SpecialChar LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things that are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX . To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Preview \family default . Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset. The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset. If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX command \series bold \backslash rotatebox \series default which is not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english \backslash rotatebox \series default is explained in section \emph on Rotated and Scaled Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \end_inset Instead of the \SpecialChar TeX Code boxes you want to see in \SpecialChar LyX the final rotated boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding text. Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated boxes into it. Here is the result: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Preview \begin_layout Standard هنا \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Box Doublebox position "c" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 0 inner_pos "c" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "1in" special "width" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مع تدوير \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset نص الإطار \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$ \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset والمعادلة. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Previewing works also for colors. In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX command \series bold \backslash fcolorbox \series default : \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english \backslash fcolorbox \series default is explained in section \emph on Colored Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Preview \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash fboxrule 1mm \backslash fboxsep 1mm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ \end_layout \end_inset هذا نص بإطار ملون. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If \SpecialChar LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and that you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required by the \SpecialChar TeX Code. If \SpecialChar LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able to view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. So if you have to use some \SpecialChar TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection كود \SpecialChar LaTeX المصدري \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can preview the \SpecialChar LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it. Use the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Source \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pane \family default and a window will be shown where you can see the \SpecialChar LaTeX -source code. The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor currently sits. You can also select document parts in \SpecialChar LyX 's main window, then only this selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in the source view window. If you check \family sans Automatic update \family default , you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX ; but note that if you have several documents open, this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX updates them all, not just the one which is open at the time. \end_layout \begin_layout Section البحث والاستبدال المتقدم \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout استبدال \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout بحث \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مقدمة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The advanced find and replace feature of \SpecialChar LyX allows for searching of complex, format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within \SpecialChar LyX documents. It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature. The key-features are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex formulas \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with a section heading will only be found within section headings \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Search may be restricted to mathematics environments only; this is useful for remangling math notation where one does not want to match any text outside of mathematics environments \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Search may be widened to a specific \emph on scope \emph default , i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited, all the open files, or all the manuals available from the \family sans Help \family default menu \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الاستخدام الأساسي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Find & Replace \noun on ( \noun default Advanced \noun on ) \family default \noun default (shortcut \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" \end_inset \lang english ) or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" \end_inset \lang english . This opens the \family sans Advanced Find and Replace \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection البحث في النص \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Enter into the \family sans Find \family default \SpecialChar LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking on the \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Next \family default button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset \lang english key). The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text. Pressing \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset \lang english repeatedly keeps searching forward while pressing \family sans Shift+Return \family default searches backwards. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Case \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sensitive \family default option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the \family sans Find \family default editor. The \family sans Whole \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset words \family default option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection البحث في الرياضيات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Mathematical formulas, such as \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset or something more complex like \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset , may be searched for by typing them in the \family sans Find \family default editor. When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas. For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection أسلوب البحث الواعي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english It is also possible to search for text with specific styles. This is done by switching to the \family sans Settings \family default tab of the dialog and unchecking the \family sans Ignore format \family default option. This way, entering in the \family sans Find \family default editor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring in emphasized or boldface. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective instances with the same face only, and within the same text style only. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english a normal word in a section heading, and searching for it, would find occurrences of it only within section headings. Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same style. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection الاستبدال \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The entries made in the \family sans Find \family default editor can be replaced with entries made in the \family sans Replace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with \family default editor. In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the \family sans Replace \family default button or alternatively press \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset \lang english or \family sans Shift+Return \family default while the cursor is in the \family sans Replace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with \family default editor. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can replace with fully-featured formatted \SpecialChar LyX entries. Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention two): \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset func() \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with its typewriter version \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter func() \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing occurrences of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $R$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (you may want to enable the \family sans Whole \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset words \family default and \family sans Case \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sensitive \family default options and disable the \family sans Ignore format \family default option in the \family sans Settings \family default tab, in order to avoid replacing all \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset R \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ \end_inset with \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\,j}$ \end_inset , or occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ \end_inset with \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الاستخدام المتقدم \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into the \family sans Find \family default editor. This is done with the context menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Insert Regular Expression \family default while the cursor is in the \family sans Find \family default editor. Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular expression matching rules \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed \SpecialChar LyX segment, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset when matching \SpecialChar LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to match expressions. \end_layout \end_inset , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the same text in the document. You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets. Examples of using such a feature may be: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering in the \family sans Find \family default editor the fraction \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset (where the \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all fractions with the given denominator. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \lang english Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking the \family sans Ignore format \family default option from the \family sans Settings \family default tab, entering a \series bold \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset \series default regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, finds all emphasized or bold face text respectively. Also, by inserting a \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading, you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual: Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces \begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset , and referring back to them through \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ \end_inset , etc.. For example, try searching with the regexp \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset [[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]] \backslash 1[[:space:]] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute. That is, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ \end_inset always refers to the first occurrence of \begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset in all entered regexps. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section المدقق الإملائي \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مدقق إملائي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX has a built-in spell checker. The menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Spellchecker \family default , the \family sans F7 \family default key or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show spellchecker" \end_inset \lang english start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the beginning of the currently selected text. A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line. Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text scrolled so that it is visible. In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio n, if any could be found. Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the \family sans Replacement \family default field, double-clicking directly invokes the replacement. Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language that is set in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing a different one at the top of the dialog. \SpecialChar LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages. This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog ( \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \lang english ) and have the spell checker dictionaries installed. \SpecialChar LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english All spell-checker dictionaries supported by \SpecialChar LyX can be downloaded from here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset There are 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files for each language. To install a dictionary on Windows, copy the 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files into \SpecialChar LyX 's installation subfolder \family sans ~ \backslash Resources \backslash dicts \family default and restart \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset With Linux one needs to install the packages for the desired language. The number of these packages vary depending on the Linux distribution, but in most cases these are \family typewriter aspell-xx \family default , \family typewriter hunspell-xx \family default , \family typewriter myspell-xx \family default , etc., where \family sans xx \family default is the language code. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection المزيد من الإعدادات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Spellchecker \family default you can set the following things: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Spellchecker \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset engine Select the library \SpecialChar LyX should use for spell checking. Depending on your platform, \family typewriter hunspell \family default or \family typewriter enchant \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends. Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more. \end_layout \end_inset \family default are available. On Windows only \family typewriter hunspell \family default is available. \SpecialChar LyX on Mac \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset OS can also use Mac's own spellchecker and will use it by default. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Alternative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language If this field is not empty, \SpecialChar LyX will always use the given language for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Escape \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker should escape, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset German umlauts. This should normally not be needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset compound \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset passthrough \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Spellcheck \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it. Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line. By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker appear in a context menu. Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested word. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Spellcheck \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset notes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document content is checked as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Section المكانز \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مكنز \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Thesaurus" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus. It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox (namely the \family sans MyThes \family default \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset thesaurus library, which is included in \SpecialChar LyX ). Therefore, \SpecialChar LyX is able to directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which are available for many languages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for the use with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إعداد المكانز \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans MyThes \emph on / \emph default OpenOffice \family default thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix \emph on *.dat \emph default containing the data and an index file with the suffix \emph on *.idx \emph default . The standardized file names include the language code for the given language (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans en_US \family default for US English). For instance, the US English files are named: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english th_en_EN_v2.idx \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english th_en_EN_v2.dat \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you have \family sans LibreOffice \family default or \family sans OpenOffice \family default and its thesaurus installed, these files should be already on your system and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX (in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionaries \family default ) to the path where they are installed. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english On Linux, depending on your distribution and the way you installed the dictionar ies, typical locations are \family typewriter /usr/share/mythes/ \family default , \family typewriter /usr/share/myspell/dicts/ \family default , \family typewriter /usr/share/ooo/thesaurus/ \family default , \family typewriter ~/.config/libreoffice//user/ \family default or alike. On Windows, dictionaries are to be found at \family typewriter ~ \backslash Program Files \backslash LibreOffice- \backslash share \backslash extensions \family default or similar. On the Mac, the default location is \family typewriter /Users\SpecialChar breakableslash \SpecialChar breakableslash Library\SpecialChar breakableslash Application Support\SpecialChar breakableslash libreoffice\SpecialChar breakableslash \SpecialChar breakableslash user \family default /. \end_layout \end_inset On Windows, you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation during the \SpecialChar LyX installation process, which will then be installed in the correct place right away. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you want to install new\SpecialChar breakableslash further thesaurus dictionaries, you can downloaded them from here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To install a new dictionary, download the two files for this dictionary into the thesaurus path (which is set in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionaries \family default ) and restart \SpecialChar LyX . If this path is not defined yet, you can use a dictionary of your choice and point \SpecialChar LyX there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Alternatively, you can also install new dictionaries via \family sans LibreOffice\SpecialChar breakableslash OpenOffice \family default or, on Linux, via your package manager (look for \emph on mythes-* \emph default or \emph on libreoffice-thesaurus-* \emph default packages). If you do this, make sure that \SpecialChar LyX is able to find the installed dictionaries, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. that \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionaries \family default points to the path where you installed these dictionaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection استخدام المكنز \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To start the thesaurus, use the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \family default or the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "thesaurus-entry" \end_inset \lang english while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is selected. A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as a replacement. The suggestions are grouped into categories. Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as \emph on organism \emph default for \emph on plant \emph default ), related terms (such as \emph on political \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset theory \emph default for \emph on anarchistic \emph default ), compounds (such as \emph on tree \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset diagram \emph default , if you look for \emph on tree \emph default ) and opposites (antonyms) (such as \emph on girl \emph default for \emph on boy \emph default ). Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look up directly there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in the dictionary, such as the above \emph on tree diagram \emph default ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs). For example, looking up the word form \emph on reporting \emph default yields no results, while results are shown for the word form \emph on report \emph default . Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant part of such a word (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \emph on report \emph default in \emph on report \emph default s); then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted part will be replaced; thus the ending remains). \end_layout \begin_layout Section سجل التعديلات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout سجل التعديلات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! سجل التعديلات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document. You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not. This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Track \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors: \bar under \color blue underlined text \bar default \color inherit is an addition, \strikeout on \color blue canceled text \strikeout default \color inherit is a deletion. The color depends on the author that made the change. You can change the color in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Look \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel \family default \SpecialChar menuseparator \family sans Colors \family default \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لون ! سجل التعديلات \end_layout \end_inset \lang english The author and the date of the change are shown in \SpecialChar LyX 's status bar when the cursor is in changed text. The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "changes-merge" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX \lang arabic_arabi : \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شريط أدوات ! مراجعة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png scale 90 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "changes-track" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Track \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "changes-output" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "change-next" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english Jumps to the next change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "change-accept" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "change-reject" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Reject \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "changes-merge" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Merge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "all-changes-accept" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "all-changes-reject" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Reject \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Note\SpecialChar menuseparator LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-next" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Next \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Not all changes are (yet) visualized, especially no format changes like from \emph on normal \emph default to \emph on bold \emph default font or \emph on Standard \emph default to \emph on Description \emph default paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons. When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about the next change after the current cursor position. So you don't need to highlight a certain change. Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and step to the next change. This way you can jump through all the changes in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important to describe a change. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To show the changes made in the output you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold dvipost \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! dvipost \end_layout \end_inset \lang english installed. You will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX Catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. \end_layout \begin_layout Section مقارنة المستندات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مقارنة المستندات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can compare two different \SpecialChar LyX files via the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Compare \family default . The comparison result is a \SpecialChar LyX file with change tracking enabled showing the differences. In the comparison dialog you can select from which document \SpecialChar LyX should take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option \family sans Copy \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \family default . The option \family sans Enable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tracking \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset features \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset the \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \family default enables the change tracking option \family sans Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \family default to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الدعم الدولي للغات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout دعم دولي للغات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX with any language you want. For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set up \SpecialChar LyX to use them: \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic,Armenian,Cyrillic,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese" literal "true" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Besides languages, \SpecialChar LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Special-Character" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection خيارات اللغة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لغة ! خيارات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! لغة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default dialog lets you set \family roman the language, the quote style and character encoding \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Under \family sans Encoding \family default you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for \SpecialChar LaTeX export. The option \family sans Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Default \family default is the preferred choice and works well in most cases. For details about the different encoding options see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Language-encodings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ضبط خريطة لوحة المفاتيح \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Keyboard-mapping" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you have for example a U. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you can use an alternate keymap. For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure \SpecialChar LyX to use an Italian keymap. The \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator Keyboard/Mouse \family default dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Keyboard-Map" \end_inset . You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select which one you want to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German. In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing one to support the characters you want. This and many other customizations are explained in the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \start_of_appendix واجهة المستخدم \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-User-Interface" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality. It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special topic inside the user's guide. \end_layout \begin_layout Section قائمة ملف \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة ! ملف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Under the \family sans File \family default menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection جديد \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Creates a new document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection جديد من قالب \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu entry prompts you for a template to use. Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فتح \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens a document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection آخر ملفات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files. Click there on a file to open it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إغلاق \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Closes the current document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إغلاق الكل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Closes all opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection حفظ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Saves the actual document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection حفظ باسم \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection حفظ الكل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Saves all opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection عودة للمحفوظ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Reloads the actual document from disk. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحكم الإصدار \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes. It is described in the section \emph on Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection استيراد \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can import files from older \SpecialChar LyX versions, HTML files, \SpecialChar LaTeX files, NoWeb files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files (CSV). The files will be imported as a new \SpecialChar LyX document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english When using the menu entry \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu entry \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Join \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines \family default , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph. A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تصدير \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Export" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can export your document to various file formats. The resulting files are placed in the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX file. The menu entries are not the same on all installations. They depend on the programs found by \SpecialChar LyX during its configuration. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english CJK \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX format of the special \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Since \SpecialChar LyX 1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup language \family typewriter DocBook \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english DocBook \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup language \family typewriter DocBook \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english DraftDVI \SpecialChar LaTeX 's native DVI-format. This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in files paths or file names in your document. \SpecialChar LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to \family sans DVI \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces in files paths or file names \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Lua \family sans TeX \family default ) DVI-format using the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX fonts; \series bold \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english EPS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (cropped) the same as \family sans PostScript \family default but with cropped page margins. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Graphviz \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Dot text file with code in the programming language \family typewriter Dot \family default which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program \family typewriter Graphviz \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english HTML HTML-format; \series bold \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default the exported file will be stored in a subdirectory. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english HTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (MS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to \family sans MS Word \family default ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not in the format \family sans MathML \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ( \family default Lua \family sans TeX) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source that is compilable with the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the \family typewriter pdflatex \family default program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (plain) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the \family typewriter latex \family default program \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ( \family default Xe \family sans TeX) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source that is compilable with the program \family typewriter Xe\SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english LilyPond \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset book \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (La \family sans TeX \family default ) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the music notation software \family typewriter LilyPond \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset z.y.x \SpecialChar LyX -Document in a format readable by the \SpecialChar LyX versions z.y.x (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset "\SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1.x"; \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset z \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset y \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset represent the version number) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Archive \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, Bib\SpecialChar TeX files, etc.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english LyXHTML HTML-format using \SpecialChar LyX 's internal XHTML engine \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english MS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Office \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset XML Office Open XML file, to be opened with \family sans Microsoft Word \family default . For the conversion the program \family typewriter Pandoc \family default is used. \family typewriter Pandoc \family default is a third-party product and may not work in all cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language \family typewriter NoWeb \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english OpenDocument \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Pandoc) OpenDocument file, to be opened with \family sans LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword \family default , etc.. For the conversion the program \family typewriter Pandoc \family default is used. \family typewriter Pandoc \family default is a third-party product and may not work in all cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english OpenDocument \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (tex4ht) OpenDocument file. For the conversion the program \family typewriter tex4ht \family default is used. \family typewriter tex4ht \family default is a third-party product and may not work in all cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (cropped) the same as \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default but with cropped page margins \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (lower \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset resolution) \family default the same as \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default but with a reduced pixel resolution of 150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dpi (e.g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset useful for e-books to be read on tablet PCs or for large documents as intermedia te preview) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter pdflatex \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter ps2pdf \family default , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTeX) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default text format \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2ascii) \family default text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format and then exported as text using the program \family sans ps2ascii \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans \lang english Postscript \family default PostScript format using the program \family typewriter dvips \family default ; for possible \family typewriter dvips \family default options see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:General-output" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Sweave text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source and also code in the statistical programming language \family typewriter R \family default . Using the \family typewriter R \family default -function \family typewriter Sweave \family default it is possible to use \family typewriter R \family default -commands in \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If one of the menu entries \family sans DVI \family default , \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default or \family sans Postscript \family default is missing, you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX , see section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعادة ضبط ليك \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فاكس \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX 's PATH prefix, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" \end_inset ). With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like \family typewriter hylapex \family default or \family typewriter kdeprintfax \family default . The default format of the sent file is PostScript. The format can be changed in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Converters" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نافذة جديد وإغلاق \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens or closes a new instance of \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection خروج \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits. \end_layout \begin_layout Section قائمة تحرير \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة ! تحرير \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تراجع وتكرار \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection قص، نسخ، لصق، آخر لصق، لصق خاص \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحديد كل المدرجات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is. If the cursor is outside an inset, the whole document will be selected. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحديد الكل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Selects the whole document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection بحث & استبدال (سريع) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection بحث & استبدال (متقدم) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نقل الفقرة للأعلى/الأسفل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph up or down. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection أسلوب النص \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إعدادات الفقرة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فقرة ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width. These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently in. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you have chosen to separate paragraphs with \family sans Indentation \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الجدول و الصفوف & الأعمدة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english These menus only appear if the cursor is inside a table. It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ظهور عند الإدراج \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu only appears if the cursor is inside an inset. It will dissolve this inset. This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إعدادات أو رياضيات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu is only active if the cursor is inside an inset or a formula. Here you can change the properties of the inset or the formula. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection زيادة/إنقاص عمق القائمة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can be nested. They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section قائمة عرض \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة ! عرض \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english At the bottom of the \family sans View \family default menu the opened documents are listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فتح/إغلاق كل المدرجات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens/closes all insets in your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection طي/عدم طي ماكرو الرياضيات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Unfolds/folds the current math macro. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Math macros are described in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نافذة الخلاصة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Shows the outline window as described in sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Navigating" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Table-of-Contents" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نافذة الكود المصدري \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection نافذة الرسائل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens a window showing console messages. This is useful for debugging \SpecialChar LyX (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background while \SpecialChar LaTeX is processing the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection أشرطة الأدوات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Toolbars" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شريط أدوات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different toolbars. All toolbars and the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Buffer \family default can be turned on and off. The \emph on on \emph default state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. The \family sans Table \family default , \family sans Math, \family default \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Macros, \family default \family sans Review \family default and \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panels \family default toolbars can additionally be set to the state \emph on automatic \emph default , denoted in the menu with the suffix \family sans (auto) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In the \emph on on \emph default state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the \emph on automatic \emph default state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment or when a certain feature is enabled. That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor is inside a formula or table respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX 's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Toolbars" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تقسيم العرض \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Split \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset into \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Half \family default will split \SpecialChar LyX 's main window vertically while \family sans Split \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset into \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Upper \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lower \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Half \family default will split it horizontally. This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or to view the same document, but at different positions. You can even split the main window several times to view, for example, three or more documents at the same time. To close a split view, use the menu \family sans Close \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Current \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset View \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إغلاق العرض الحالي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Closes a split view. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection كامل الشاشة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so that you will see nothing but your text. It furthermore displays \SpecialChar LyX 's main window fullscreen. To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Section قائمة إدراج \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة ! إدراج \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection رياضيات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" \end_inset and the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection محارف خاصة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Special-Character" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can insert the following characters: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Symbols Opens the \family sans Symbols \family default dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your \SpecialChar LaTeX system. By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; the available characters depend on the \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages you have installed. You can get a complete display by checking \family sans Display \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Not all characters will be visible in the \family sans Symbols \family default dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences dialog (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset ) can display every character. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english End \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Abbreviations" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Ordinary \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Single \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar nobreakdash \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Breakable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar breakableslash \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Visible \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when pressing the \family sans Space \family default key): \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Menu \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar menuseparator \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Phonetic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Symbols \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout رموز صوتية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لغة ! رموز صوتية \end_layout \end_inset \lang english Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these symbols. To use this feature you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold tipa \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! tipa \end_layout \end_inset \lang english installed. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset More information about this feature can be found in the \emph on Linguistics \emph default manual ( \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Logos Inserts the logos of the programs \SpecialChar LyX , \SpecialChar TeX , \SpecialChar LaTeX and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection التهيئة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens a submenu with the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Superscript Inserts a superscript: test \begin_inset script superscript \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english a, b \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Subscript Inserts a subscript: test \begin_inset script subscript \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english 3x \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a protected space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Interword \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a thin space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Thin-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Visible \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a character to visualize that there is or should be a space. This is e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence. An example from the \SpecialChar LyX \emph on Math \emph default manual: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset To insert a fraction use the command \series bold \backslash frac \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset A \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ \end_inset B. \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset The visible space is hereby the character before the \series bold A \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Lines" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts vertical space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Vertical-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Phantom-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Hyphenation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyphenation" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Ligatures" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Optional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible in the output. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset for a usage example. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Ragged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection قائمة/جدول المحتويات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry. The \family sans Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of Contents \family default , the \family sans List of Algorithms \family default , \family sans List of Figures, \family default \family sans List of Tables \family default and \family sans List of Listings \family default are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:toc" \end_inset . The \family sans Index List \family default is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset , the \family sans Nomenclature \family default is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset and the \family sans Bib\SpecialChar TeX Bibliography \family default is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection التعويم \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To insert floats, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset and in detail the chapter \emph on Floats \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ملاحظة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To insert notes, described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Notes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فرع \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a new branch. Branches are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Branches" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إدراجات مخصصة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts document class-specific insets. Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain document class. An example is the document class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article (Elsevier) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with three custom insets. The section \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default in \emph on Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual explains how custom insets are defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ملف \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مواد خارجية \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files in your document. For more information see chapter \emph on External Document Parts \emph default of the Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection صندوق \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout صناديق \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a box in a certain style. Boxes are described in detail in the chapter \emph on Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection استشهاد \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens the \family sans Citation \family default dialog as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إشارة مرجعية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a \family sans cross-reference \family default as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ملصق \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a \family sans label \family default as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تعليق \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تعليقات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout جداول ! صفحات متعددة ! تعليق \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a caption in a float or multi-page table. Floats are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset ; captions in multi-page tables are described in the section \emph on Multi-page Captions \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مدخل فهرس \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts an index entry as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مدخل مصطلح \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection جدول \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table. Tables are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Tables" \end_inset and in detail in the chapter \emph on Tables \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection صور \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens the \family sans Graphics \family default dialog. Graphics are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Graphics" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection رابط \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a URL as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:URLs" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection رابط تشعبي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a hyperlink as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyperlinks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تذييل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a footnote as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Footnotes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ملاحظة هامشية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a marginal note as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Marginal-Notes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فاصل <اسم> (أعلى/أسفل) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive environments of the same type. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings" \end_inset for an explanation. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection عنوان قصير \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Is only visible if the cursor is in front, in or behind a section heading, title or caption of a float. Inserts a short title as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection كود لتيكس \SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a \SpecialChar TeX Code box as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection كود برمجي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout كود برمجي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a program listings box. Program listings are explained in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection التاريخ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts the actual date. The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection استعراض \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Inserts a preview inset as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section قائمة استكشاف \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة ! استكشاف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of the current document. This allows you to navigate easily through your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection العلامات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have to jump, for example, between section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and 6.3. To create bookmarks for this example, go to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and use the submenu \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 \family default . Then go to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 6.3 and use \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default 2. Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by the key bindings \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 1" \end_inset \lang english and \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset \lang english .You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. The submenu \family sans Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmarks \family default allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu \family sans Navigate \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Back \family default jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الملاحظة التالية, التغيير, الإشارة المرجعية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor position. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الذهاب لملصق \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference. Sets the cursor before the referenced label. (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Label) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection البحث التالي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output, see section \emph on The \SpecialChar LyX Server\SpecialChar menuseparator Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search \emph default in the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual for a detailed description. \end_layout \begin_layout Section قائمة مستند \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة ! مستند \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تتبع المسار \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Change Tracking is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection سجل أحداث لتيكس \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english After running \SpecialChar LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled. It shows the logfile of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -program used. You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something to the clipboard or update the view. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset With the help of the logfile, experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the button \family sans Open Containing Directory \family default one can open \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary folder for the document. This folder contains all converted and created files to generate the output. Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems or for writers who need to supply intermediate files. For example some journals require to send the \family sans *.bbl \family default file (a text file with the used Bib\SpecialChar TeX references). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection بدء الملحق هنا \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Appendices" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection عرض \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset [<هيئة الخرج هنا>] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as default output format for the document (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Viewer \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ). The default viewers are set by \SpecialChar LyX when it is first configured. The default output format is \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection عرض (هيئات أخرى) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats. The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual document with an external program. The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on the \SpecialChar LaTeX programs that are found when \SpecialChar LyX was configured. All possible formats are listed in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" \end_inset . You should at least see the menu entry \family sans DVI \family default . If it is missing, you need to update or repair your \SpecialChar LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX (see section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعادة ضبط ليك \end_layout \end_inset \lang english ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program. The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Viewer \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ). The default viewers are set by \SpecialChar LyX when it is first configured. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحديث \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset [<هيئة الخرج>] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in the default output format) without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحديث (هيئات أخرى) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of your document without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection عرض المستند الرئيسي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, which is then its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (see section \emph on Child Documents \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for more information on this topic). This item allows you to view the master document from within its child. That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a book, \family sans View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Master \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \family default generates the output of the whole book, while \family sans View \family default will just output the chapter alone. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحديث المستند الرئيسي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, which is then its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (see section \emph on Child Documents \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for more information on this topic). This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within its child without the need to switch to the master document itself. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الضغط \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Compressed" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Un/compresses the current document. For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable compression (see the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual for details). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تعطيل التحرير \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Toggles the read-only state for the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الإعدادات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The document settings are described in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Document-Settings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section قائمة الأدوات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة ! أدوات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مدقق إملائي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard المدقق الإملائي مشروح في القسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مكنز \end_layout \begin_layout Standard المكنز مشروح في القسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Thesaurus" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إحصاءات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout عد الكلمات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout عد الحروف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection فحص تيك \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout فحص تيك \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Generates with the help of the program \family typewriter Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default a log of possible \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors and displays it in a dialog. This feature is not available on Windows. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection معلومات تيك \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout معلومات تيك \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. Use the option \family sans Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset path \family default to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection مقارنة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مقارنة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens a dialog to compare \SpecialChar LyX files as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection إعادة الضبط \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ليك ! إعادة ضبط|أنظر \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعادة ضبط ليك \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Reconfigures \SpecialChar LyX ; that is, \SpecialChar LyX looks for \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages and programs it needs; see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection التفضيلات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Opens the \family sans Preferences \family default dialog as described in detail in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section قائمة المساعدة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة ! مساعدة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This menu lists the documentation files of \SpecialChar LyX in the language of \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The menu \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration \family default shows a \SpecialChar LyX document with information about the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages and classes found by \SpecialChar LyX (see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The menu \family sans About \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX \family default gives information about the copyright, the credits and the \SpecialChar LyX version you are using. \end_layout \begin_layout Section أشرطة الأدوات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Toolbars" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Toolbars" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english It is also possible to define custom toolbars. This is described in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الشريط الأساسي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شريط أدوات ! أساسي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png width 100col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard شريط الأدوات الأساسي الذي يظهر في أعلى النافذة يحتوي على مجموعة من الوظائف، هي من اليمين لليسار: \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash LTleft}{0pt} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english This is necessary to left align the following longtables. See the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual for more information. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png clip \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة منسدلة بالبيئات التنسيقية المتوفرة في نوع المستند \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace -10mm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align left \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-new" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator جديد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "file-open" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator فتح \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-write" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator حفظ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show spellchecker" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator المصحح الإملائي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "spelling-continuously" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout المصحح الإملائي المستمر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "undo" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator تراجع \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "redo" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator تكرار \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "cut" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator قص \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "copy" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator نسخ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "paste" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator لصق \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show findreplace" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator بحث \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset استبدال \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (سريع) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator بحث \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset استبدال \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (متقدم) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans استكشاف\SpecialChar menuseparator العلامات\SpecialChar menuseparator استكشاف للخلف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-emph" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout تأكيد النص، دوال التحرير \family sans \SpecialChar menuseparator النص \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset أسلوب\SpecialChar menuseparator نافذة التخصيص \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-noun" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout تعيين النص كاسم، دوال التحرير \family sans \SpecialChar menuseparator النص \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset أسلوب\SpecialChar menuseparator نافذة التخصيص \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "textstyle-apply" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout تهيئة النص حسب إعدادات التحرير الحالية \family sans \SpecialChar menuseparator النص \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset أسلوب\SpecialChar menuseparator \family default نافذة التخصيص \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-mode" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator رياضيات\SpecialChar menuseparator داخلية \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset معادلة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator صورة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "tabular-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator جدول \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle toc" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout فتح وغلق نافذة الخلاصة، \family sans عرض\SpecialChar menuseparator الخلاصة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "toolbar-toggle math" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout فتح وغلق شريط الرياضيات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "toolbar-toggle table" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout فتح وغلق شريط الجدول \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الشريط الإضافي \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شريط أدوات ! إضافي \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png width 100col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard شريط الأدوات الإضافي الذي يظهر فوق النص مباشرة يحتوي على مجموعة من الوظائف، هي من اليمين لليسار: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout افتراضي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-toggle Enumerate" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم عددي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-toggle Itemize" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ترقيم نقطي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-toggle List" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-toggle Description" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout قائمة وصف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator زيادة \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset عمق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset القائمة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator إنقاص \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset عمق \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset القائمة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert figure" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator تعويم\SpecialChar menuseparator رسم توضيحي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert table" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator تعويم\SpecialChar menuseparator جدول \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator ملصق \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator إشارة مرجعية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator استشهاد \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "index-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator مدخل \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset فهرس \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "nomencl-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator مدخل \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset مصطلح \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "footnote-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator تذييل \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "marginalnote-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator ملاحظة \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset هامشية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator ملاحظة\SpecialChar menuseparator ملاحظة \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ليك \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "box-insert Frameless" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator صندوق \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "href-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator رابط تشعبي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator كود \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset تيك \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator رياضيات\SpecialChar menuseparator ماكرو \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset include" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator مستند \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset فرعي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator أسلوب \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset النص\SpecialChar menuseparator اختيار \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator إعدادات \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset الفقرة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "thesaurus-entry" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator مكنز \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection عرض/تحديث شريط الأدوات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شريط أدوات ! عرض / تحديث \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-view" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator View \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-update" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "master-buffer-view" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Master \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "master-buffer-update" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Master \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator Synchronize with Output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "view-others" \end_inset \family sans * \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator View (Other Formats) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "update-others" \end_inset * \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \lang english Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update (Other Formats) \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default icon set. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection أشرطة الأدوات الأخرى \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The change tracking toolbar is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset , the table toolbar \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شريط أدوات ! جدول \end_layout \end_inset \lang english in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual and the math macro toolbar \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout شريط أدوات ! ماكرو \end_layout \end_inset \lang english in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter إعدادات المستند \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-Document-Settings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مستند ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Setting \family default s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and is called with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . You can save your document settings as default with the \family sans Save as Document Defaults \family default button in any dialog. This will create a template named \family typewriter defaults.lyx \family default which is automatically loaded by \SpecialChar LyX when you create a new document without using a template. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The button \family sans Use Class Defaults \family default resets the document settings to the default of the document class. This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections. There are so many document settings available that it might take a while to find the one you are looking for. To find a setting quicker, you can use the search field which is above the submenus of the dialog. If you search e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you will see that some submenus will be grayed-out and disabled. Only the submenus with page settings stay enabled. The found page settings are labeled red in these submenus. \end_layout \begin_layout Section نوع المستند \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a master document. Document classes are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the button \family sans Local \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default you can load you own layout-file, that is not in \SpecialChar LyX 's \emph on layouts \emph default folder and thus not recognized by \SpecialChar LyX as a layout for a document class. For more about layout-files, see the chapter \emph on Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default Handbook. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Some classes use special class options by default. If this is the case, they are listed in the field \family sans Predefined \family default and you can decide to use them or not. If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is recommended you leave them untouched. The \family sans Graphics driver \family default is used for \SpecialChar LaTeX 's graphics, color and page layout packages. If using \family sans Default \family default , the default driver for the \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages is used. It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are doing. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english When you want to use one of the following drivers \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset you first have to activate them in your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution, see section \emph on Driver support \emph default in \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Specifying a \family sans Master \family default document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument. The master document will be used by \SpecialChar LyX in the background if the child document is opened without its master. This way child documents are always compilable. More about master and child documents is explained in the section \emph on Child Documents \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold refstyle \series default instead of \lang arabic_arabi \series bold prettyref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset \lang english for cross-references, see section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section المستندات الفرعية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents. Please refer to the section \emph on Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Documents \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Section النماذج \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Modules are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Modules" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section النسق المحلي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Local-Layout" \end_inset for a description. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الخطوط \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The document font settings are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section نسق النص \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by \family sans Indentation \family default or by \family sans Vertical space \family default . The \family sans Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset spacing \family default and whether it should be a \family sans Two-column \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \family default can also be specified here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note that \SpecialChar LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on screen. That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM concept. However, it will be as you specified in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the option \family sans Use justification in \SpecialChar LyX work area \family default you can decide if \SpecialChar LyX justifies the text on screen. This only affects the text inside \SpecialChar LyX not in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Section نسق الصفحة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english This dialog is described in sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Layout" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section هوامش الصفحة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Margins" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section اللغة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Language-encodings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لغة ! ترميز \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The document language and quote styles are set here. The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX (the \SpecialChar LyX file is always encoded in utf8). All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will be exported as \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands (this can fail if a \SpecialChar LaTeX -command is not known for a particular character). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you use the option \family sans Language Default \family default , \SpecialChar LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text. If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more than one encoding in the \SpecialChar LaTeX file. If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use exactly one encoding. Checking this option is the preferred setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \SpecialChar LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively. If you want to use this (and your \SpecialChar LaTeX installation supports Unicode), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below. Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard \SpecialChar LaTeX is quite incomplete, so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine with \family sans Language Default \family default (when \SpecialChar LyX uses its list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands), but does not work with a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands is not used, because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8). The situation is much better with Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX , two new alternative engines to standard \SpecialChar LaTeX . Both engines support Unicode natively. \SpecialChar LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTeX) \family default , \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default and \family sans DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset ). So if you are using many special or accented characters and \family sans Language Default \family default fails, you might try out one of these new engines. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package \family default determines the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package that is used for hyphenation and the translation of strings like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Part \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The possible settings are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Default uses the language package that is selected in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Language Settings \family default (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Prefs-Language" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export format you will use. In many cases this will be \lang arabic_arabi \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! babel \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english If the newer package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold polyglossia \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! polyglossia \end_layout \end_inset \lang english is more appropriate (is the case when using Xe\SpecialChar TeX or Lua\SpecialChar TeX and non-\SpecialChar TeX fonts), this package will be used instead of \series bold babel \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Always \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Babel uses \series bold babel \series default even if \series bold polyglossia \series default would be more appropriate. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice. For example if you want to use a language-specific package like \series bold ngerman \series default (for German texts), type in \series bold \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash usepackage{ngerman} \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english None will not use a language package. This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here is a list with the important encodings: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (no \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset inputenc) Same as \family sans Language Default \family default , but the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! inputenc \end_layout \end_inset \lang english is not used. When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in \SpecialChar TeX code. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII). \SpecialChar LyX converts all other characters into \SpecialChar LaTeX commands, which may result in a big file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands are needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Arabic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Arabic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Armenian \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ArmSCII8) for Armenian \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same as the ISO-8859-13 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the ISO-8859-13 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Central \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-2 (latin2) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Central \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (simplified) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (simplified) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (traditional) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Greek \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-7) for Greek \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Hebrew \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Hebrew \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-8) for Hebrew \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold CJK \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! CJK \end_layout \end_inset , \lang english when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese (CJK) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold CJK \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold japanese \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! japanese \end_layout \end_inset , \lang english when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold japanese \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold japanese \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Korean \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-KR) for Korean \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Southern \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english South-Eastern \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed to cover many languages and characters with diacritics \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Thai \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (TIS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 620-0) for Thai \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Turkish \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold CJK \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! CJK \end_layout \end_inset \lang english (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Xe \family sans TeX \family default ) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with \family sans Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default and \family sans Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold inputenc \series default . \SpecialChar LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview Xe\SpecialChar TeX or Lua\SpecialChar TeX . Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ucs-extended) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold ucs \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! ucs \end_layout \end_inset \lang english (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! inputenc \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) is supported. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-1 (latin1) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15 encoding instead \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish \end_layout \begin_layout Section الألوان \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لون ! نص رئيسي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لون ! خلفية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لون ! صندوق مظلل \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لون ! ملاحظة مظللة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can alter the font color for the \family sans Main text \family default (default: black), for \family sans Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out notes \family default (default: light grey)for the background color for the \family sans Page \family default (default: white) and for \family sans Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset boxes \family default (default: red). The button \family sans Reset \family default sets the color back to the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Clicking any button showing \family sans Default \family default or \family sans Change \family default opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note, if you change the \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default font color and use the option \family sans Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default in the document settings under \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset properties \family default , you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can adapt the \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default font color and the \family sans Page \family default background for every page in your document if you use these commands as \SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code after a forced page break: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english For the page color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash pagecolor{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english For the text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash color{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You are restricted to one of \series bold black \series default , \series bold blue \series default , \series bold cyan \series default , \series bold green \series default , \series bold magenta \series default , \series bold red \series default , \series bold white \series default or \series bold yellow \series default for the \series bold color name \series default unless you have defined your own color (see the section \emph on Colored Tables \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default Manual). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following names to refer to them: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english For the \family sans Page \family default background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold page_backgroundcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english For the \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold document_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english For the \family sans Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset boxes \family default background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold shadecolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english For the \family sans Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out notes \family default text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold note_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To see how to define and use custom colors, see section \emph on Colored \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Cells \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الترقيم & جدول المحتويات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can adjust the \family sans Numbering \family default depth of section headings and the section depth in the \family sans Table of Contents \family default as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section ثبت المراجع \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can specify if a specific citation style using the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages \lang arabic_arabi \series bold biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! natbib \end_layout \end_inset \lang english or \lang arabic_arabi \series bold jurabib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! jurabib \end_layout \end_inset \lang english should be used. If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX , you can enable a \family sans Sectioned bibliography \family default using the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold bibtopic \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset . \lang english If you use \noun on Biblatex \noun default , you can select the style files and specify further options. Finally, you can select a document-specific \family sans Processor \family default for the generation of the bibliography. For a further description of these possibilities see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section الفهارس \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can define the \family sans Processor \family default that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset for details). \end_layout \begin_layout Section تفضيلات PDF \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The PDF properties are explained in section \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section خيارات الرياضيات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english These options will force \SpecialChar LyX to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages \lang arabic_arabi \series bold amsmath \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! amsmath \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold amssymb \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! amssymb \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold cancel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! cancel \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold esint \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! esint \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold mathdots \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! mathdots \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold mathtools \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! mathtools \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold mhchem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! mhchem \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold stackrel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! stackrel \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold stmaryrd \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! stmaryrd \end_layout \end_inset and \series bold undertilde \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! undertilde \end_layout \end_inset , \lang english or to use them automatically when they are needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors in formulas, ensure that you have this enabled. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english amssymb is needed for some special math symbols like bold or upright Greek letters, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors in formulas, ensure that you have this enabled. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english cancel is used for canceled formulas, see section \emph on Canceled \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formulas \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english esint is used for special integral characters, see section \emph on Big \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Operators \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section \emph on Ellipses \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english mathtools is used for the math commands \series bold \backslash overbracket \series default , \series bold \backslash underbracket \series default , \series bold \backslash smashoperator \series default , \series bold \backslash adjustlimits \series default , \series bold \backslash splitfrac \series default , \series bold \backslash shortintertext \series default and labeled arrows, see the corresponding sections in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section \emph on Chemical Symbols and Equations \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english stackrel is used for the math command \series bold \backslash stackrel \series default , see section \emph on Relations \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english stmaryrd is used for a few special math symbols. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english undertilde is used for the math command \series bold \backslash utilde \series default , see section \emph on Accents for one Character \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الوضع العائم \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The float placement options are described in the section \emph on Float \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Placement \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section القوائم \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The listings settings are explained in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section النقاط \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can adjust the characters used for the itemize \family sans Level \family default s, specify the \family sans Font \family default set to be used and set the \family sans Size \family default of the bullets. The itemize environment is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Itemize" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can furthermore specify a \family sans Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bullet \family default by inserting in this field the \SpecialChar LaTeX command of the desired character. For example to use the € sign, you have to insert the command \series bold \backslash texteuro \series default . For math symbols you additionally need to enclose the command with $ signs. To use e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the symbol \begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$ \end_inset you need to enter \series bold $ \backslash circlearrowright$ \series default . To find the command for a math symbol, create a formula and hover the mouse over the desired symbol in the math toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Some characters require to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages in the preamble (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default ). For example for the € sign one needs to add the line \series bold \backslash usepackage{textcomp} \series default to the preamble. For most math symbols it is sufficient to add the line \series bold \backslash usepackage{amssymb} \series default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section الفروع \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Branches are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Branches" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section الهيئات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can define some output specifics for the current document: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format: The format that is used when you enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset View \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Update \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset View Master Document \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Update Master Document \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the \family sans Document \family default menu or the toolbar. The default is set in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File Formats \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Synchronize \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output settings for the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search \family default . For a detailed description see section \emph on Reverse DVI/PDF search \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english XHTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options offers settings for the export format \family sans LyXHTML \family default . \family sans Strict XHTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.1 \family default will assure that the output follows exactly version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.1 of the XHTML standard. The different \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \family default settings are described in detail in section \emph on Math Output in XHTML \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset image \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset scaling \family default is used for the size of equations in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format The option \family sans Save transient properties \family default controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that are specific to the user are saved with the document. The properties that are affected by option are currently: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \lang english the activation of change tracking \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english the output of tracked changes \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \lang english the recording of the document directory path. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Section مقدمة لتيك \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In this text field you can enter commands to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages or to define \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. The preamble is a thing for \SpecialChar LaTeX -experts. You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are doing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english An introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX -syntax is given in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter نافذة التفضيلات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تفضيلات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The preferences dialog is called with the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default . It has the following submenus. \end_layout \begin_layout Section المظهر العام \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection واجهة المستخدم \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection ملف واجهة المستخدم \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تخصيص ! أشرطة الأدوات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout تخصيص ! قائمة رئيسية \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user interface (ui) file. A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed. The file \emph on default.ui \emph default loads three files: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english stdmenus.inc \shape italic \emph on specifies the menu entries for the standard menus \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english stdcontext.inc \shape italic \emph on specifies \shape default \emph default the menu entries in popup context menus \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english stdtoolbars.inc \shape italic \emph on specifies the toolbar buttons \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files and edit the entries. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: the \family sans Menubar \family default , \family sans Menu \family default and \family sans Toolbar \family default entries must be finished with an explicit \family sans End \family default . They may contain \family sans Submenu \family default , \family sans Item \family default , \family sans OptItem \family default , \family sans Separator \family default , \family sans Icon, \family default and in the case of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset file_lastfiles \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset menu a \family sans Lastfiles \family default entry. The syntax for the entries is: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset \series bold Item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset menu \series default or \series bold button name \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX function \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \lang english \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset All the \SpecialChar LyX -functions are listed in the menu \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Functions \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For example, assuming you use the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Bookmarks \family default quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the line \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset \series bold Item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Save Bookmark 6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bookmark-save 6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \lang english \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset navigate_bookmarks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset menu in \emph on stdmenus.inc \emph default to have the sixth bookmark. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Icon \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Set \family default allows you to change the appearance of \SpecialChar LyX 's toolbar buttons. The currently available icon sets are compared in \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "this image" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection تعليمات السياق \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Enable tool tips in main work area \family default enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries or footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection القوائم \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Maximum last files \family default is the number of last opened files that \SpecialChar LyX should display in the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection معالجة المستند \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection معالجة الجلسة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the option \family sans Restore window layouts and geometries \family default \SpecialChar LyX 's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in the last \SpecialChar LyX session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Restore cursor positions \family default sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of the last session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Load opened files from last session \family default opens all files that were opened in the last \SpecialChar LyX session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The button \family sans Clear all session information \family default deletes all information from previous \SpecialChar LyX sessions (cursor positions, names of last opened documents, etc.). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection النسخ الاحتياطي & الحفظ \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Backup documents" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout نسخ احتياطي ! مستندات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Backup original documents when saving \family default creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when it was saved the last time. It is stored in the \family sans Backup \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory \family default (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" \end_inset ) or in the same folder as your document if no \family sans Backup \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory \family default is specified. The backup file has the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .lyx~ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the option \family sans Backup documents, every \family default , you can specify the time between backup saves. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Save documents compressed by default \family default always saves files in a compressed format (see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Compressed" \end_inset ). This applies to newly created documents only. The compression status of existing documents is not changed when saving. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection النافذة & مساحة العمل \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If the option \family sans Open documents in tabs \family default is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Single instance \family default is only active if a \SpecialChar LyX Server pipe \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" \end_inset for information about \SpecialChar LyX Server pipes. \end_layout \end_inset is specified. If it is checked, \SpecialChar LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance of \SpecialChar LyX . Otherwise a new \SpecialChar LyX instance is created for each file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If the option \family sans Single close-tab button \family default is checked, there will only be one close button ( \family sans \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "closetab" \end_inset \family default \lang english ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs. Otherwise every document tab has its own close button. Regardless of this option, one can always close a tab by middle-clicking it in the tab bar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default For this option you have to restart \SpecialChar LyX before the change takes effect. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english With the setting \family sans Closing last view \family default you one can decide if a document is closed or hidden when its tab or view is closed. Hidden documents are accessible via the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Hidden \family default . Not to close documents can be useful if you open files parallel in several instances of \SpecialChar LyX and only want to close the view in once instance. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection خط الشاشة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خط ! شاشة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english These fonts are used to display your documents within \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default This section only deals with the fonts \emph on inside \emph default the \SpecialChar LyX window. The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Fonts \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By default, \SpecialChar LyX uses \family typewriter Times \family default as its \family sans Roman \family default (serif) font, \family typewriter Arial \family default or \family typewriter Helvetica \family default (depends on the system) as its \family sans Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default font and \family typewriter Courier \family default as its \family typewriter Typewriter \family default font. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can change the font size with the \family sans Zoom \family default setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Font Sizes \family default are calculated as letter height in units of points. 72.27 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset points have the size of 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset inch, see Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset . The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt were used. The sizes are explained in detail in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Font" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الألوان \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لون ! شاشة ليك \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! لون \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can change the screen colors used by \SpecialChar LyX by choosing an item in the list and selecting the \family sans Alter \family default button. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english By checking the option \family sans Use system colors \family default the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used. The colors \family sans cursor, selection, table line, text, URL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label and URL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default are then not customizable and thus not listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection العرض \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! عرض \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Instant Preview \family default enables previewing snippets of your document. This feature is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Checking the option \family sans Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paragraphs \family default displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Section تحرير \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! تحرير \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection تحكم \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection تحرير \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Cursor follows scrollbar \family default sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when scrolling. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can adjust the width of the cursor. If you set the value to zero, the thickness of the cursor scales relative to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Scroll below end of document \family default is self-explanatory. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english In \SpecialChar LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing \family sans Ctrl+arrow key \family default . With the option \family sans Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words \family default the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word. Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Sort environments alphabetically \family default sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The option \family sans Group environments by their category \family default groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The \family sans Edit math macros \family default options determine the editing style for math macros, see the section \emph on Math Macros \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection كامل الشاشة \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode. With the option \family sans Limit text width \family default you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode. This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then appears centered. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الاختصارات \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مفتاح الربط \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! اختصارات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \lang english Bind File \family default specifies the file to be used to bind a \SpecialChar LyX function to a key. Several binding files are available, among them: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english cua.bind a typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english (x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs \family sans Emacs \family default ( \family sans XEmacs \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english mac.bind a set of bindings for \family sans Mac \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset OS \family default systems. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are also binding files designed for special document classes, like \shape italic broadway.bind \shape default , and binding files for special languages. The names of language binding files begin with a language code, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pt \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for Portuguese. If you use \SpecialChar LyX in a certain language, \SpecialChar LyX will try to use the appropriate binding file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Some binding files, like \shape italic math.bind \shape default , only have a limited scope. When looking at the end of the file \shape italic cua.bind \shape default , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The field \family sans Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset key-bindings \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset containing \family default allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function in the selected key binding file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection تحرير الاختصارات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مفتاح الربط ! تحرير \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX functions and the bound shortcuts. To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog provides the field \family sans Show key-bindings containing \family default . In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit. Insert there for example as keyword \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paste \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different functions that contain \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paste \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in their name. As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut. All \SpecialChar LyX functions are also listed in the file \family sans \SpecialChar LyX Functions \family default that you will find in the \family sans Help \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english For example, to add the shortcut \family sans Alt+Q \family default for the function \family sans textstyle-apply \family default , select the function and press the \family sans Modify \family default button. A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it. So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way. You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the \SpecialChar LyX Function definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the different function names as a semicolon separated list. \SpecialChar LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you don't like a particular shortcut, you can remove it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with a text editor. The syntax of the entries is: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \lang english \backslash bind \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset key combination \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX function \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Note, though, that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax. This applies to the designators of specific modifier keys (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., \family typewriter M \family default , \family typewriter S \family default , \family typewriter C \family default for \family sans Meta/Alt \family default , \family sans Shift \family default , \family sans Ctrl \family default , respectively) as well as to the other keys. Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly in the definition of the key combination, but must use commands following the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for a model). So if you wanted to bind a command to the key combination \family sans Alt+Shift+: \family default , you needed to specify it as \family typewriter M-S-colon \family default . If you use the dialog to edit key bindings, you don't have to care for these specifics. \SpecialChar LyX transforms your input to the correct syntax. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection لوحة المفاتيح/الفارة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Keyboard-Map" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout خريطة لوحة المفاتيح \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! خريطة لوحة المفاتيح \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system. For the case thatWhere this is not possible, \SpecialChar LyX provides keyboard maps. If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it is a Romanian one, you can enable \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset keyboard \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset map \family default and select the keyboard map file named \shape italic romanian.kmap \shape default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can specify a \family sans First \family default and a \family sans Second \family default keyboard map and, if you use the \emph on cua \emph default bindings, you can select the first and second with \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "keymap-primary" \end_inset \lang english and \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "keymap-secondary" \end_inset \lang english respectively or toggle between them with \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "keymap-toggle" \end_inset \lang english . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all systems. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also specify the mouse \family sans Wheel scrolling speed \family default . The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones slow it down. With the option \family sans Middle mouse button pasting \family default you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel) inserts the content of the clipboard. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If you \family sans Enable \family default \family sans Scroll \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset wheel \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset zoom, \family default you can select a key for zooming. When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection الإكمال التلقائي للمدخلات \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Input completion is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Input-Completion" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section المسارات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Paths" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسارات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! مسار \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english The paths to the various resources used by \SpecialChar LyX are normally determined during the installation. But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Working \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory This is \SpecialChar LyX 's working directory. It is the default when you \family sans Open \family default , \family sans Save \family default or \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset As \family default files. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Example \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files This directory will be opened when you use the button \family sans Examples \family default in the \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open \family default dialog. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \lang english Note: \series default The \family sans Examples \family default button does not exist when using \SpecialChar LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Backup \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout نسخ احتياطي ! مسار \end_layout \end_inset \lang english Backup copies will be saved to this directory. If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Backup documents" \end_inset , the \family sans Working directory \family default will be used to save the backups. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Backup files have the ending \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset .lyx~ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english LyXServer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe. This pipe is used to send data from external programs to \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold Example: \series default You add a Bib\SpecialChar TeX database \emph on test.bib \emph default to your document. You can edit this file with the program \family typewriter JabRef \family default . In \family typewriter JabRef \family default you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for \SpecialChar LyX in its preferences under \family sans External \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset programs \family default . If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in \family typewriter JabRef \family default and click on the \SpecialChar LyX symbol. The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position in your \SpecialChar LyX file. Of course, \family typewriter JabRef \family default and \SpecialChar LyX need to be running the same time. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The pipe is also used for the \family sans Single instance \family default feature, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Backup documents" \end_inset . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset To use the \SpecialChar LyX Server-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Temporary \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Thesaurus \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located. You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Hunspell \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program \family typewriter Hunspell \family default are located. You only need to specify it if you are using \family typewriter Hunspell \family default and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries. For \SpecialChar LyX on Windows \family typewriter Hunspell \family default is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying a directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english PATH \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. When \SpecialChar LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see where to find it on the system. The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when \SpecialChar LyX is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it. On Unix \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english TEXINPUTS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files which are included in a \SpecialChar LyX document via commands in \SpecialChar TeX code or in the document preamble. This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by a single dot '.'). The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows). If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be scanned for the input files. Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX file. It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths; otherwise compilation may fail for some documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Section الهوية \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can insert your \family sans Name \family default and \family sans E-mail \family default address. These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset , to mark changes you make as yours. \end_layout \begin_layout Section إعدادات اللغة \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout لغة ! إعدادات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! لغة \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection اللغة \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Prefs-Language" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english User \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset interface \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language Here you can select the language for \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. You can find its actual translation status here: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://www.lyx.org/I18n" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package determines which \SpecialChar LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language issues. Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation as well as localization of dates and text strings such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Table \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The most widespread language package is \lang arabic_arabi \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! babel \end_layout \end_inset ; \lang english it is the default language package in classic \SpecialChar LaTeX . More recent typesetting engines such as Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX come with the alternative language package \lang arabic_arabi \series bold polyglossia \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! polyglossia \end_layout \end_inset \lang english that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines. Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not covered by \series bold babel \series default . The available selections are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Language-encodings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start If a special \SpecialChar LaTeX -package is needed to write in a certain document language, you can here specify the command to start the package. An example is the start command \family sans \backslash begin{arabtext} \family default that is needed to write Arabic using the package \series bold Arab\SpecialChar TeX \series default , see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic" literal "true" \end_inset . The default is the \series bold babel \series default command \family sans \backslash selectlanguage{$$lang} \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end Counterpart to \family sans Command start \family default . Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start command toggles the package on and off. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset decimal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset separator Defines the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point alignment). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset length \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX 's dialogs. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Set \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset languages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages. Otherwise they will only be used as options for the \series bold babel \series default package. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document language. When this option is not set, the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \family default is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the \SpecialChar LaTeX -output. This assures that the correct language is used when you use another \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \family default than the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end Counterpart to \family sans Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin \family default . When it is not set, the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end \family default is set to the end of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset foreign \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document language will be underlined in blue. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Enable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset RTL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL), like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Cursor \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically. Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection المدقق الإملائي \end_layout \begin_layout Standard إعدادات المدقق الإملائي مشروحة في القسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section الخرج \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection عام \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:General-output" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search Commands that will be used for the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search \family default . For a detailed description see section \emph on Reverse DVI/PDF search \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Dvips \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options Options for the program \family typewriter dvips \family default that is used for the export format \family sans Postscript \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" \end_inset . Possible options are listed in the \family typewriter dvips \family default manual: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.tug.org/texinfohtml/dvips.html \backslash #Option-details \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default . Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \lang arabic_arabi \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة افتراضية \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! هيئة التاريخ \end_layout \end_inset \lang english The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/date.1.html \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi بهيئة مثل \lang english \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset %d/%m/%y \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi طباعة التاريخ بالشكل يوم/شهر/عام \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Overwrite \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset export Setting what \SpecialChar LyX is allowed to overwrite on export. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection لتيك \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! لتيك \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset La \family sans TeX \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset font \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset encoding This is the default encoding of the document font. \family sans T1 \family default is the default and covers western languages and symbols. \family sans T2A \family default , \family sans T2B \family default , \family sans T2C \family default , \family sans LCY \family default and \family sans X2 \family default are used for Cyrillic. Combinations of the encodings are possible, like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans T1, T2B \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages \SpecialChar LyX sets up in the background. So there is no need to change the default encoding. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset viewer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paper \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset size \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options They only have an effect when the program \family sans xdvi \family default is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors. But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the manuals of the applications. \end_layout \begin_layout Description إنتاج \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ثبت \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset المراجع إعدادات إنتاج ثبت المراجع، انظر قسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description إنتاج \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset الفهرس إعدادات إنتاج الفهرس، انظر القسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description إنتاج \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset قائمة \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset المصطلحات إعدادات إنتاج قائمة المصطلحات، انظر القسم \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Check \family sans TeX \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program \family sans Check\SpecialChar TeX \family default that is described in the section \emph on Checking \SpecialChar TeX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english There are additionally the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Windows-style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paths \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is used instead of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset / \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to separate folders. This option is enabled by default when you use \SpecialChar LyX on Windows \lang arabic_arabi . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout مسارات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout إعدادات ! مسارات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \lang english Reset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset when \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset changes Removes all manually set \family sans Class options \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Class \family default dialog when changing the document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section معالجة الملف \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout معالجة ملف \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection المحولات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Converters" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout محولات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material from one format to another. You can modify converters or create new ones. To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the \family sans Converter \family default and/or \family sans Extra \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset flag \family default field and press the \family sans Modify \family default button. To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format in the \family sans To \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default drop-down list, modify the \family sans Converter \family default field and press the \family sans Add \family default button. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english If the \family sans Converter File Cache \family default is \family sans Enabled \family default , conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field \family sans Maximum Age (in days \family default ). This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter definition, is described in the section \emph on Converters \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection هيئة الملفات \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout هيئة الملف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout الطابعات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Here you find the list of defined file formats that \SpecialChar LyX can handle. You can modify the \family sans Editor \family default and \family sans Viewer \family default programs that should be used for certain formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english You can also define the \family sans Default output format \family default that is used when you use \family sans View, Update, View Master Document \family default or \family sans Update Master Document \family default in the \family sans Document \family default menu or the toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english More about formats and their options is described in the section \emph on Formats \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english Since all conversions from one format to another take place in \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed. This is done by specifying a \family sans Copier \family default . More about this is described in the section \emph on Copiers \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter الوحدات المتاحة في \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout وحدات \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard الجدول \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" \end_inset يشرح كل الوحدات المتاحة في \SpecialChar LyX وتستخدم في هذا المستند. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement h wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Units" \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi الوحدات \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout الوحدة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout الاسم/الوصف \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout أمر لتيك \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout bp \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout نقطة كبيرة (72 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bp = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cc \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cicero (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cc = 12 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout سنتمتر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout dd \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout didot (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ \end_inset 0.376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout عرض حرف M في الخط الحالي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ex \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ارتفاع حرف X في الخط الحالي \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout in \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout إنش \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ملي متر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout وحدة رياضية (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu = 1/18 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pt \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout نقطة (72.27 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pc \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pica (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pc = 12 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout sp \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout scaled point (65536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset sp = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout عرض العمود % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % من عرض العمود \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash columnwidth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ارتفاع السطر % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of height between baselines of two subsequent text lines \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash baselineskip \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout عرض السطر % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % من عرض السطر \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash linewidth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ارتفاع الصفحة % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % من ارتفاع الصفحة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash paperheight \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout عرض الصفحة % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % من عرض الصفحة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash paperwidth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout مقياس الصورة % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % من العرض الأصلي للصورة \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ارتفاع النص % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % من ارتفاع النص \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash textheight \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout عرض النص % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % من عرض النص \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash textwidth \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \lang english \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ثبت المراجع التالي تم إنشاءه باستخدام بيئة ثبت المراجع. \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem label "Credits" key "lyxcredit" literal "true" \end_inset فريق \SpecialChar LyX : \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Credits" target "https://www.lyx.org/Credits" literal "false" \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.lyx.org/Credits \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexcompanion" literal "true" \end_inset \lang english Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: \emph on The \SpecialChar LaTeX Companion Second Edition. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 2004 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexguide" literal "true" \end_inset \lang english Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly: \emph on A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX Fourth Edition. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexbook" literal "true" \end_inset \lang english Leslie Lamport: \emph on \SpecialChar LaTeX : A Document Preparation System. \emph default Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "texbook" literal "true" \end_inset \lang english Donald E. Knuth. \emph on The \SpecialChar TeX book. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 1984 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset أصناف \SpecialChar TeX : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://ctan.org/topic \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "LaTeXFAQ" literal "true" \end_inset أسئلة شائعة عن \SpecialChar LaTeX : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "BibTeX" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة عن" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن برنامج \family sans Bib\SpecialChar TeX \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "BibTeX-2" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة عن" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset كيف تستخدم برنامج \family sans Bib\SpecialChar TeX \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Biblatex" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة عن" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \series bold biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "biber" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold biber \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! biber \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "makeindex" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن برنامج \family sans makeindex \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "makeindex-man" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "خيارات" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi" literal "false" \end_inset عن برنامج \family sans makeindex \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "xindy" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة عن" target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html" literal "false" \end_inset عن برنامج \family sans xindy \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "AMS" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "caption" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold caption \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! caption \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "enumitem" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "fancyhdr" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "hyperref" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! hyperref \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "microtype" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold microtpye \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! microtpye \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "nomencl" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold nomencl \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! nomencl \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "prettyref" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold prettyref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "refstyle" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "وثيقة" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX \series bold refstyle \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout حزمة لتيك ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Arabic" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "صفحة-ويكي" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic" literal "false" \end_inset كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX للكتابة بالعربية: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Armenian" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "صفحة-ويكي" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian" literal "false" \end_inset كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX للكتابة بالأرمنية: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Cyrillic" literal "true" \end_inset \lang english \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "صفحة-ويكي" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic" literal "false" \end_inset \lang arabic_arabi كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX للكتابة بالسيريلية: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Farsi" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "صفحة-ويكي" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi" literal "false" \end_inset كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX للكتابة بالفارسية: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Hebrew" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "صفحة-ويكي" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew" literal "false" \end_inset كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX للكتابة بالعبرية: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Japanese" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "صفحة-ويكي" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese" literal "false" \end_inset كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX للكتابة باليابانية: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash let \backslash mybibname \backslash bibname \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash bibname}{ \backslash mybibname \backslash ; 2} \end_layout \end_inset \lang english \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english The command \series bold \backslash bibname \series default is the name of the bibliography in the current document language. It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following bibliography is the second one: \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex LatexCommand bibtex btprint "btPrintCited" bibfiles "../biblio/LyXDocs" options "../biblio/alphadin" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ثبت المراجع في الأعلى تم إنشاءه من قاعدة بيانات Bib\SpecialChar TeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash pagedeclaration}[1]{ \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash unskip, \backslash hyperlink{page.#1}{page \backslash nobreakspace{}#1}} \end_layout \end_inset \lang english \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \lang english This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink, see sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Options" \end_inset for more info. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print LatexCommand printnomenclature set_width "auto" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset index_print LatexCommand printindex type "idx" name "Index" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_body \end_document